Add TLS support for hppa-linux
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26
27 #include "as.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text (int);
498 static void pa_data (int);
499 static void pa_comm (int);
500 #endif
501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
502 static int exact_log2 (int);
503 static void pa_compiler (int);
504 static void pa_align (int);
505 static void pa_space (int);
506 static void pa_spnum (int);
507 static void pa_subspace (int);
508 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
509 int, int, int,
510 asection *, int);
511 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
512 char *, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, int, int, int,
515 int, asection *);
516 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
517 char *, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 int, int, int, int,
520 asection *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
523 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
524 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
525 subsegT);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
527 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
528 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
529 #endif
530
531 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
532
533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
534 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
536 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
537
538 /* The current space and subspace. */
539 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
540 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
541 #endif
542
543 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
544 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
545
546 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
548 function labels. */
549 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
550
551 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
552 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
553
554 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
555 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
556
557 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
560 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
561
562 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
565
566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
569
570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
571 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
572
573 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
575 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
576
577 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
578 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
579
580 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
581 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
582
583 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
585
586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
588 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
589 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
590
591 static struct pa_it the_insn;
592
593 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
595 variable. */
596 static char *expr_end;
597
598 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
599 static int callinfo_found;
600
601 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
602 static int within_entry_exit;
603
604 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
605 static int within_procedure;
606
607 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
608 seen in each subspace. */
609 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
610
611 /* Holds the last field selector. */
612 static int hppa_field_selector;
613
614 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
615
616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
618
619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
621 by pa_parse_number. */
622 static int strict;
623
624 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
628 register has a `r' suffix. */
629 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
630 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
631 static int pa_number;
632
633 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
634 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
635 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
636 #endif
637
638 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
639 static int print_errors = 1;
640
641 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
642
643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
645
646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
648
649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
652 again have the value <REGNUM>.
653
654 Many registers also have synonyms:
655
656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
662
663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
664 here for brevity.
665
666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
667
668 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
669 {
670 {"%arg0", 26},
671 {"%arg1", 25},
672 {"%arg2", 24},
673 {"%arg3", 23},
674 {"%cr0", 0},
675 {"%cr10", 10},
676 {"%cr11", 11},
677 {"%cr12", 12},
678 {"%cr13", 13},
679 {"%cr14", 14},
680 {"%cr15", 15},
681 {"%cr16", 16},
682 {"%cr17", 17},
683 {"%cr18", 18},
684 {"%cr19", 19},
685 {"%cr20", 20},
686 {"%cr21", 21},
687 {"%cr22", 22},
688 {"%cr23", 23},
689 {"%cr24", 24},
690 {"%cr25", 25},
691 {"%cr26", 26},
692 {"%cr27", 27},
693 {"%cr28", 28},
694 {"%cr29", 29},
695 {"%cr30", 30},
696 {"%cr31", 31},
697 {"%cr8", 8},
698 {"%cr9", 9},
699 {"%dp", 27},
700 {"%eiem", 15},
701 {"%eirr", 23},
702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
802 {"%fret", 4},
803 {"%hta", 25},
804 {"%iir", 19},
805 {"%ior", 21},
806 {"%ipsw", 22},
807 {"%isr", 20},
808 {"%itmr", 16},
809 {"%iva", 14},
810 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
811 {"%mrp", 2},
812 #else
813 {"%mrp", 31},
814 #endif
815 {"%pcoq", 18},
816 {"%pcsq", 17},
817 {"%pidr1", 8},
818 {"%pidr2", 9},
819 {"%pidr3", 12},
820 {"%pidr4", 13},
821 {"%ppda", 24},
822 {"%r0", 0},
823 {"%r1", 1},
824 {"%r10", 10},
825 {"%r11", 11},
826 {"%r12", 12},
827 {"%r13", 13},
828 {"%r14", 14},
829 {"%r15", 15},
830 {"%r16", 16},
831 {"%r17", 17},
832 {"%r18", 18},
833 {"%r19", 19},
834 {"%r2", 2},
835 {"%r20", 20},
836 {"%r21", 21},
837 {"%r22", 22},
838 {"%r23", 23},
839 {"%r24", 24},
840 {"%r25", 25},
841 {"%r26", 26},
842 {"%r27", 27},
843 {"%r28", 28},
844 {"%r29", 29},
845 {"%r3", 3},
846 {"%r30", 30},
847 {"%r31", 31},
848 {"%r4", 4},
849 {"%r5", 5},
850 {"%r6", 6},
851 {"%r7", 7},
852 {"%r8", 8},
853 {"%r9", 9},
854 {"%rctr", 0},
855 {"%ret0", 28},
856 {"%ret1", 29},
857 {"%rp", 2},
858 {"%sar", 11},
859 {"%sp", 30},
860 {"%sr0", 0},
861 {"%sr1", 1},
862 {"%sr2", 2},
863 {"%sr3", 3},
864 {"%sr4", 4},
865 {"%sr5", 5},
866 {"%sr6", 6},
867 {"%sr7", 7},
868 {"%t1", 22},
869 {"%t2", 21},
870 {"%t3", 20},
871 {"%t4", 19},
872 {"%tf1", 11},
873 {"%tf2", 10},
874 {"%tf3", 9},
875 {"%tf4", 8},
876 {"%tr0", 24},
877 {"%tr1", 25},
878 {"%tr2", 26},
879 {"%tr3", 27},
880 {"%tr4", 28},
881 {"%tr5", 29},
882 {"%tr6", 30},
883 {"%tr7", 31}
884 };
885
886 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
888 for < first, we would get a false match. */
889 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
890 {
891 {"false?", 0},
892 {"false", 1},
893 {"true?", 30},
894 {"true", 31},
895 {"!<=>", 3},
896 {"!?>=", 8},
897 {"!?<=", 16},
898 {"!<>", 7},
899 {"!>=", 11},
900 {"!?>", 12},
901 {"?<=", 14},
902 {"!<=", 19},
903 {"!?<", 20},
904 {"?>=", 22},
905 {"!?=", 24},
906 {"!=t", 27},
907 {"<=>", 29},
908 {"=t", 5},
909 {"?=", 6},
910 {"?<", 10},
911 {"<=", 13},
912 {"!>", 15},
913 {"?>", 18},
914 {">=", 21},
915 {"!<", 23},
916 {"<>", 25},
917 {"!=", 26},
918 {"!?", 28},
919 {"?", 2},
920 {"=", 4},
921 {"<", 9},
922 {">", 17}
923 };
924
925 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
926 {
927 {"f", e_fsel},
928 {"l", e_lsel},
929 {"ld", e_ldsel},
930 {"lp", e_lpsel},
931 {"lr", e_lrsel},
932 {"ls", e_lssel},
933 {"lt", e_ltsel},
934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
935 {"n", e_nsel},
936 {"nl", e_nlsel},
937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
938 {"p", e_psel},
939 {"r", e_rsel},
940 {"rd", e_rdsel},
941 {"rp", e_rpsel},
942 {"rr", e_rrsel},
943 {"rs", e_rssel},
944 {"rt", e_rtsel},
945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
946 {"t", e_tsel},
947 };
948
949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
950 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
951
952 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
954
955 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
956 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
957 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
958 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
959 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
960 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
961 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
963 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
964
965 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
966 {
967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
973 };
974
975 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
976 {
977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
980 };
981
982 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
983
984 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
985 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
986 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
987 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
988 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
989
990 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
991 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
992 #endif
993
994 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
995 a right or left half of a FP register */
996 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
997 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
998
999 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1000 main loop after insertion. */
1001
1002 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1003 { \
1004 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1005 continue; \
1006 }
1007
1008 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1009 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1010
1011 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1012 { \
1013 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1014 { \
1015 if (! IGNORE) \
1016 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1017 (int) (FIELD));\
1018 break; \
1019 } \
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1023 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1024
1025 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1026 { \
1027 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1028 { \
1029 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1030 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1031 (int) (FIELD));\
1032 break; \
1033 } \
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1037 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1038
1039 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1040 { \
1041 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1042 { \
1043 if (! IGNORE) \
1044 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1045 (int) (FIELD));\
1046 break; \
1047 } \
1048 }
1049
1050 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1051 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1052 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1053
1054 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1055 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1056 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1057
1058 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1059 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1060 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1061
1062 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1063 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1064 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1065
1066 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1067 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1068 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1069
1070 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1071 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1072 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1073
1074 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1075 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1076 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1077
1078 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1079 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1080 need real complex handling yet. */
1081 #define is_complex(exp) \
1082 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1083
1084 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1085
1086 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1087 proc/procend pairs match. */
1088
1089 void
1090 pa_check_eof (void)
1091 {
1092 if (within_entry_exit)
1093 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1094
1095 if (within_procedure)
1096 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1097 }
1098
1099 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1100 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1101
1102 static label_symbol_struct *
1103 pa_get_label (void)
1104 {
1105 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1106
1107 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1108 label_chain;
1109 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1110 {
1111 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1112 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1113 return label_chain;
1114 #endif
1115 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1116 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1117 return label_chain;
1118 #endif
1119 }
1120
1121 return NULL;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1125 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1126
1127 void
1128 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1129 {
1130 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1131
1132 if (label_chain)
1133 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1134 else
1135 {
1136 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1137 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1138 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1139 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1140 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1141 #endif
1142 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1143 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1144 #endif
1145 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1146
1147 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1148 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1149
1150 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1151 }
1152
1153 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1154 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1155 #endif
1156 }
1157
1158 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1159 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1160
1161 static void
1162 pa_undefine_label (void)
1163 {
1164 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1165 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1166
1167 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1168 label_chain;
1169 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1170 {
1171 if (1
1172 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1173 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1174 #endif
1175 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1176 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1177 #endif
1178 )
1179 {
1180 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1181 if (prev_label_chain)
1182 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1183 else
1184 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1185
1186 free (label_chain);
1187 break;
1188 }
1189 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1190 }
1191 }
1192
1193 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1194 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1195 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1196 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1197 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1198 tc_fix_data field. */
1199
1200 static void
1201 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1202 int where,
1203 int size,
1204 symbolS *add_symbol,
1205 offsetT offset,
1206 expressionS *exp,
1207 int pcrel,
1208 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1209 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1210 int r_format,
1211 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1212 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1213 {
1214 fixS *new_fix;
1215 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1216
1217 if (exp != NULL)
1218 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1219 else
1220 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1221 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1222 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1223 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1224 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1225 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1226 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1227 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1228 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1229 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1230 #endif
1231
1232 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1233 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1234 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1235 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1236 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1237 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1238 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1239 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1240 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1241 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1242 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1243 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1244 }
1245
1246 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1247 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1248
1249 void
1250 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1251 {
1252 unsigned int rel_type;
1253
1254 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1255 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1256 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1257 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1259 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1260 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1261 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1262 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1263 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1264 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1265 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1266 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1267 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1268 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1269 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1270 #endif
1271 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1272 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1273 else
1274 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1275
1276 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1277 {
1278 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1279 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1280 }
1281
1282 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1283 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1284 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1285
1286 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1287 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1288 }
1289
1290 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1291
1292 static void
1293 get_expression (char *str)
1294 {
1295 char *save_in;
1296 asection *seg;
1297
1298 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1299 input_line_pointer = str;
1300 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1301 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1302 || seg == undefined_section
1303 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1304 {
1305 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1306 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1307 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1308 return;
1309 }
1310 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1311 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1315 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1316
1317 static int
1318 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1319 {
1320 int nullif;
1321
1322 nullif = 0;
1323 if (**s == ',')
1324 {
1325 *s = *s + 1;
1326 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1327 nullif = 1;
1328 else
1329 {
1330 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1331 nullif = 0;
1332 }
1333 *s = *s + 1;
1334 }
1335
1336 return nullif;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
1340 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
1341 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
1342
1343 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
1344
1345 char *
1346 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1347 {
1348 int prec;
1349 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
1350 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
1351 char *t;
1352
1353 switch (type)
1354 {
1355
1356 case 'f':
1357 case 'F':
1358 case 's':
1359 case 'S':
1360 prec = 2;
1361 break;
1362
1363 case 'd':
1364 case 'D':
1365 case 'r':
1366 case 'R':
1367 prec = 4;
1368 break;
1369
1370 case 'x':
1371 case 'X':
1372 prec = 6;
1373 break;
1374
1375 case 'p':
1376 case 'P':
1377 prec = 6;
1378 break;
1379
1380 default:
1381 *sizeP = 0;
1382 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
1383 }
1384 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
1385 if (t)
1386 input_line_pointer = t;
1387 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
1388 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
1389 {
1390 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
1391 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
1392 }
1393 return NULL;
1394 }
1395
1396 /* Write out big-endian. */
1397
1398 void
1399 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1400 {
1401 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1405 format. */
1406
1407 arelent **
1408 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1409 {
1410 arelent *reloc;
1411 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1412 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1413 arelent **relocs;
1414 reloc_type **codes;
1415 reloc_type code;
1416 int n_relocs;
1417 int i;
1418
1419 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1420 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1421 return &no_relocs;
1422
1423 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1424 assert (section != 0);
1425
1426 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1427
1428 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1429 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1430 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1431 fixp->fx_r_type,
1432 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1433 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1434 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1435 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1436
1437 if (codes == NULL)
1438 {
1439 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1440 abort ();
1441 }
1442
1443 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1444 ;
1445
1446 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1447 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1448 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1449 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1450
1451 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1452
1453 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1454 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1455 {
1456 default:
1457 assert (n_relocs == 1);
1458
1459 code = *codes[0];
1460
1461 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1462 switch (code)
1463 {
1464 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1465 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1466 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1467 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1468 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1469 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1470 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1471 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1472 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1473 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1474
1475 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1476 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1477 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1478 reloc->addend = 0;
1479 break;
1480
1481 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1482 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1483 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1484 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1485 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1486 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1487 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1488 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1489 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1490 fixp->fx_offset);
1491 break;
1492 #endif
1493
1494 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1495 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1496 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1497 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1498 /* Fall thru */
1499
1500 default:
1501 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1502 break;
1503 }
1504
1505 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1506 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1507 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1508 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1509 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1510
1511 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1512 break;
1513 }
1514 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1515
1516 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1517 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1518 {
1519 code = *codes[i];
1520
1521 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1522 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1523 relocs[i]->howto =
1524 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1525 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1526 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1527
1528 switch (code)
1529 {
1530 case R_COMP2:
1531 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1532 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1533 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1534 assert (i == 1);
1535 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1536 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1537 relocs[0]->howto
1538 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1539 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1540 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1541 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1542 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1543 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1544 relocs[1]->howto
1545 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1546 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1547 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1548 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1549 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1550 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1551 relocs[2]->howto
1552 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1553 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1554 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1555 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1556 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1557 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1558 relocs[3]->howto
1559 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1560 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1561 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1562 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1563 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1564 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1565 relocs[4]->howto
1566 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1567 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1568 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1569 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1570 goto done;
1571 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1572 case R_ABS_CALL:
1573 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1574 break;
1575
1576 case R_DLT_REL:
1577 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1578 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1579 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1580 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1581 (static link required).
1582
1583 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1584
1585 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1586 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1587 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1589 break;
1590
1591 case R_N_MODE:
1592 case R_S_MODE:
1593 case R_D_MODE:
1594 case R_R_MODE:
1595 case R_FSEL:
1596 case R_LSEL:
1597 case R_RSEL:
1598 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1599 case R_END_BRTAB:
1600 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1601 case R_N0SEL:
1602 case R_N1SEL:
1603 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1604 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1605 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1606 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1607 break;
1608
1609 case R_END_TRY:
1610 case R_ENTRY:
1611 case R_EXIT:
1612 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1613 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1614 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1615 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1616 break;
1617
1618 default:
1619 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1620 }
1621 }
1622
1623 done:
1624 #endif
1625
1626 return relocs;
1627 }
1628
1629 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1630
1631 void
1632 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1633 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1634 fragS *fragP)
1635 {
1636 unsigned int address;
1637
1638 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1639 {
1640 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1641 {
1642 case 0:
1643 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1644 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1645 know (fragP->fr_next);
1646 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1647 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1648 {
1649 fragP->fr_offset =
1650 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1651 - fragP->fr_address
1652 - fragP->fr_fix;
1653 }
1654 else
1655 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1656 break;
1657 }
1658 }
1659 }
1660
1661 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1662
1663 valueT
1664 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1665 {
1666 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1667 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1668
1669 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1670 }
1671
1672 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1673
1674 int
1675 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1676 {
1677 int size;
1678
1679 size = 0;
1680
1681 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1682 size++;
1683
1684 return size;
1685 }
1686 \f
1687 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1688 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1689 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1690 # else
1691 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1692 # endif
1693 #else
1694 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1695 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1696 # else
1697 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1698 # endif
1699 #endif
1700
1701 struct option md_longopts[] =
1702 {
1703 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1704 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1705 #endif
1706 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1707 };
1708 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1709
1710 int
1711 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 {
1713 switch (c)
1714 {
1715 default:
1716 return 0;
1717
1718 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1719 case 'V':
1720 print_version_id ();
1721 break;
1722 #endif
1723 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1724 case 'c':
1725 warn_comment = 1;
1726 break;
1727 #endif
1728 }
1729
1730 return 1;
1731 }
1732
1733 void
1734 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1735 {
1736 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1737 fprintf (stream, _("\
1738 -Q ignored\n"));
1739 #endif
1740 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1741 fprintf (stream, _("\
1742 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1743 #endif
1744 }
1745 \f
1746 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1747
1748 symbolS *
1749 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1750 {
1751 return NULL;
1752 }
1753
1754 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1755 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1756 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1757 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1758 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1759 #else
1760 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1761 #endif
1762
1763 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1764
1765 void
1766 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1767 {
1768 char *fixpos;
1769 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1770 offsetT new_val;
1771 int insn, val, fmt;
1772
1773 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1774 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1775 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1776 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1777 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1778 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1779 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1780 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1781 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1782 return;
1783
1784 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1785 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1786 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1787 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1788 {
1789 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1790 return;
1791 }
1792 #endif
1793 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1794 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1795 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1796 return;
1797 #endif
1798
1799 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1800 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1801
1802 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1803 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1804 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1805 {
1806 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1807 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1808 fixP->fx_r_type);
1809 return;
1810 }
1811
1812 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1813
1814 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1815 {
1816 /* Handle constant output. */
1817 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1818 return;
1819 }
1820
1821 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1822 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1823
1824 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1825 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1826 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1827 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1828 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1829 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1830 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1831 && fmt != 32
1832 #endif
1833 )
1834 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1835 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1836 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1837 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1838 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1839 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1840 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1841 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1842 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1843 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1844 #endif
1845 else
1846 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1847
1848 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1849 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1850 && fixP->fx_addsy
1851 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1852 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1853 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1854 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1855 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1856 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1857 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1858 #endif
1859 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1860 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1861 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1862 #endif
1863 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1864 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1865 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1866 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1867 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1868 {
1869 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1870 }
1871
1872 switch (fmt)
1873 {
1874 case 10:
1875 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1876 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1877 val = new_val;
1878
1879 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1880 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1881 break;
1882 case -11:
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1888 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1889 break;
1890 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1891 case 14:
1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1894 val = new_val;
1895
1896 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1897 break;
1898
1899 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1900 case 21:
1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1903 val = new_val;
1904
1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1906 break;
1907
1908 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1909 case 11:
1910 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1911 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1912 val = new_val;
1913
1914 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1915 break;
1916
1917 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1918 case 12:
1919 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1920 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1921 val = new_val - 8;
1922
1923 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1924 break;
1925
1926 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1927 case 17:
1928 {
1929 offsetT distance = * valP;
1930
1931 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1932 range target, then we want to complain. */
1933 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1934 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1935 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1936 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1937
1938 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1939 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1940 val = new_val - 8;
1941
1942 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1943 break;
1944 }
1945
1946 case 22:
1947 {
1948 offsetT distance = * valP;
1949
1950 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1951 range target, then we want to complain. */
1952 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1953 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1954 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1955 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1956
1957 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1958 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1959 val = new_val - 8;
1960
1961 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1962 break;
1963 }
1964
1965 case -10:
1966 val = new_val;
1967 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1968 break;
1969
1970 case -16:
1971 val = new_val;
1972 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1973 break;
1974
1975 case 16:
1976 val = new_val;
1977 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1978 break;
1979
1980 case 32:
1981 insn = new_val;
1982 break;
1983
1984 default:
1985 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1986 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1987 return;
1988 }
1989
1990 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1991 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1992 {
1993 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1994 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1995 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1996 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1997 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1998 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1999 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
2000 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
2001 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
2002 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
2003 break;
2004 default:
2005 break;
2006 }
2007 #endif
2008
2009 /* Insert the relocation. */
2010 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
2011 }
2012
2013 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
2014 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
2015
2016 long
2017 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2018 {
2019 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2020 }
2021
2022 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2023 a statement. */
2024
2025 static int
2026 is_end_of_statement (void)
2027 {
2028 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2029 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2030 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2031 }
2032
2033 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2034
2035 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2036 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2037
2038 static int
2039 reg_name_search (char *name)
2040 {
2041 int middle, low, high;
2042 int cmp;
2043
2044 low = 0;
2045 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2046
2047 do
2048 {
2049 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2050 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2051 if (cmp < 0)
2052 high = middle - 1;
2053 else if (cmp > 0)
2054 low = middle + 1;
2055 else
2056 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2057 }
2058 while (low <= high);
2059
2060 return -1;
2061 }
2062
2063 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2064 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2065 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2066
2067 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2068 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2069 returned in `pa_number'.
2070
2071 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2072 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2073 not set.
2074
2075 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2076 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2077
2078 static int
2079 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2080 {
2081 int num;
2082 char *name;
2083 char c;
2084 symbolS *sym;
2085 int status;
2086 char *p = *s;
2087 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2088
2089 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2090 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2091 p = p + 1;
2092
2093 pa_number = -1;
2094 have_prefix = 0;
2095 num = 0;
2096 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2097 {
2098 /* Looks like a number. */
2099
2100 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2101 {
2102 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2103 p += 2;
2104 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2105 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2106 {
2107 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2108 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2109 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2110 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2111 else
2112 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2113 ++p;
2114 }
2115 }
2116 else
2117 {
2118 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2119 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2120 {
2121 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2122 ++p;
2123 }
2124 }
2125
2126 pa_number = num;
2127
2128 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2129 if (is_float)
2130 {
2131 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2132 if (! (is_float & 2))
2133 {
2134 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2135 {
2136 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2137 ++p;
2138 }
2139 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2140 {
2141 ++p;
2142 }
2143 }
2144 }
2145 }
2146 else if (*p == '%')
2147 {
2148 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2149 have_prefix = 1;
2150 name = p;
2151 p++;
2152 c = *p;
2153 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2154 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2155 slow. */
2156 if (c == 'r')
2157 {
2158 p++;
2159 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2160 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2161 {
2162 p += 2;
2163 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2164 p++;
2165 }
2166 else if (*p == 'p')
2167 {
2168 num = 2;
2169 p++;
2170 }
2171 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2172 {
2173 if (print_errors)
2174 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2175 num = -1;
2176 }
2177 else
2178 {
2179 do
2180 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2181 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2182 }
2183 }
2184 else
2185 {
2186 /* Do a normal register search. */
2187 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2188 {
2189 p = p + 1;
2190 c = *p;
2191 }
2192 *p = 0;
2193 status = reg_name_search (name);
2194 if (status >= 0)
2195 num = status;
2196 else
2197 {
2198 if (print_errors)
2199 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2200 num = -1;
2201 }
2202 *p = c;
2203 }
2204
2205 pa_number = num;
2206 }
2207 else
2208 {
2209 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2210 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2211 name = p;
2212 c = *p;
2213 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2214 {
2215 p = p + 1;
2216 c = *p;
2217 }
2218 *p = 0;
2219 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2220 {
2221 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2222 {
2223 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2224 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2225 register, so... */
2226 have_prefix = TRUE;
2227 }
2228 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2229 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2230 else if (!strict)
2231 {
2232 if (print_errors)
2233 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2234 num = -1;
2235 }
2236 }
2237 else if (!strict)
2238 {
2239 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2240 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2241 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2242 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2243 if (*name == 0)
2244 num = 0;
2245 else
2246 {
2247 if (print_errors)
2248 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2249 num = -1;
2250 }
2251 }
2252 *p = c;
2253
2254 pa_number = num;
2255 }
2256
2257 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2258 {
2259 *s = p;
2260 return 1;
2261 }
2262 return 0;
2263 }
2264
2265 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2266 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2267
2268 static int
2269 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2270 {
2271 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2272 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2273 {
2274 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2275 then set a new architecture. */
2276 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2277 {
2278 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2279 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2280 }
2281 return TRUE;
2282 }
2283 else
2284 return FALSE;
2285 }
2286
2287 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2288 code associated with the condition. */
2289
2290 static int
2291 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2292 {
2293 int cond, i;
2294
2295 cond = 0;
2296
2297 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2298 {
2299 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2300 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2301 {
2302 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2303 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2304 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2305 report an error. */
2306 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2307 {
2308 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2309 break;
2310 }
2311 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2312 *s = *s + 1;
2313 return cond;
2314 }
2315 }
2316
2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2318
2319 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2320 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2321 *s += 1;
2322
2323 return 0;
2324 }
2325
2326 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2327
2328 static int
2329 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2330 {
2331 int value;
2332
2333 value = 0;
2334 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2335 {
2336 value = 5;
2337 *s += 4;
2338 }
2339 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2340 {
2341 value = 9;
2342 *s += 4;
2343 }
2344 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2345 {
2346 value = 13;
2347 *s += 4;
2348 }
2349 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2350 {
2351 value = 17;
2352 *s += 4;
2353 }
2354 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2355 {
2356 value = 1;
2357 *s += 3;
2358 }
2359 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2360 {
2361 value = 6;
2362 *s += 4;
2363 }
2364 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2365 {
2366 value = 2;
2367 *s += 3;
2368 }
2369 else
2370 {
2371 value = 0;
2372 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2373 }
2374
2375 return value;
2376 }
2377
2378 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2379 type. */
2380
2381 static fp_operand_format
2382 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2383 {
2384 int format;
2385
2386 format = SGL;
2387 if (**s == ',')
2388 {
2389 *s += 1;
2390 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2391 {
2392 format = SGL;
2393 *s += 4;
2394 }
2395 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2396 {
2397 format = DBL;
2398 *s += 4;
2399 }
2400 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2401 {
2402 format = QUAD;
2403 *s += 5;
2404 }
2405 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2406 {
2407 format = W;
2408 *s += 2;
2409 }
2410 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2411 {
2412 format = UW;
2413 *s += 3;
2414 }
2415 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2416 {
2417 format = DW;
2418 *s += 3;
2419 }
2420 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2421 {
2422 format = UDW;
2423 *s += 4;
2424 }
2425 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2426 {
2427 format = QW;
2428 *s += 3;
2429 }
2430 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2431 {
2432 format = UQW;
2433 *s += 4;
2434 }
2435 else
2436 {
2437 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2438 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2439 }
2440 }
2441
2442 return format;
2443 }
2444
2445 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2446 type. */
2447
2448 static fp_operand_format
2449 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2450 {
2451 int format;
2452
2453 format = SGL;
2454 if (**s == ',')
2455 {
2456 *s += 1;
2457 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2458 {
2459 format = SGL;
2460 *s += 4;
2461 }
2462 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2463 {
2464 format = DBL;
2465 *s += 4;
2466 }
2467 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2468 {
2469 format = QUAD;
2470 *s += 5;
2471 }
2472 else
2473 {
2474 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2475 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2476 }
2477 }
2478
2479 return format;
2480 }
2481
2482 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2483
2484 static int
2485 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2486 {
2487 int middle, low, high;
2488 int cmp;
2489 char name[4];
2490
2491 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2492 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2493 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2494 *str = *str + 1;
2495
2496 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2497 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2498 name[1] = 0;
2499 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2500 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2501 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2502 name[2] = 0;
2503 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2504 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2505 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2506 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2507 name[3] = 0;
2508 else
2509 return e_fsel;
2510
2511 low = 0;
2512 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2513
2514 do
2515 {
2516 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2517 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2518 if (cmp < 0)
2519 high = middle - 1;
2520 else if (cmp > 0)
2521 low = middle + 1;
2522 else
2523 {
2524 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2525 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2526 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2527 return e_fsel;
2528 #endif
2529 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2530 }
2531 }
2532 while (low <= high);
2533
2534 return e_fsel;
2535 }
2536
2537 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2538 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2539
2540 void
2541 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2542 {
2543 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2544 expression (exp);
2545 }
2546
2547 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2548 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2549 static int
2550 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2551 {
2552 offsetT value;
2553 expressionS exp;
2554 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2555
2556 exp = insn->exp;
2557 value = exp.X_add_number;
2558
2559 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2563
2564 static int
2565 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2566 {
2567 char *save_in;
2568
2569 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2570 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2571 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2572 expression (&insn->exp);
2573 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2574
2575 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2576 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2577 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2578
2579 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2580 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2581 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2582 {
2583 char *s, c;
2584 int retval;
2585
2586 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2587 s = *strp;
2588 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2589 s++;
2590
2591 c = *s;
2592 *s = 0;
2593
2594 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2595
2596 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2597 *s = c;
2598 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2599 }
2600 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2601 and return to our caller. */
2602 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2603 {
2604 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2605 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2606 return 0;
2607 }
2608 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2609 {
2610 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2611 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2612 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2613 return 0;
2614 }
2615 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2616 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2617 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2618 }
2619
2620 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2621 argument location number. */
2622
2623 static unsigned int
2624 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2625 {
2626
2627 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2628 return 0;
2629 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2630 return 1;
2631 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2632 return 2;
2633 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2634 return 3;
2635 else
2636 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2637
2638 return 0;
2639 }
2640
2641 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2642 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2643
2644 static unsigned int
2645 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2646 {
2647 unsigned int new_reloc;
2648
2649 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2650 switch (reg)
2651 {
2652 case 0:
2653 new_reloc <<= 8;
2654 break;
2655 case 1:
2656 new_reloc <<= 6;
2657 break;
2658 case 2:
2659 new_reloc <<= 4;
2660 break;
2661 case 3:
2662 new_reloc <<= 2;
2663 break;
2664 default:
2665 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2666 }
2667
2668 return new_reloc;
2669 }
2670
2671 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2672 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2673
2674 static int
2675 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2676 {
2677 int cmpltr;
2678 char *name = *s + 1;
2679 char c;
2680 char *save_s = *s;
2681 int nullify = 0;
2682
2683 cmpltr = 0;
2684 if (**s == ',')
2685 {
2686 *s += 1;
2687 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2688 *s += 1;
2689 c = **s;
2690 **s = 0x00;
2691
2692 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2693 {
2694 cmpltr = 1;
2695 }
2696 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2697 {
2698 cmpltr = 2;
2699 }
2700 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2701 {
2702 cmpltr = 3;
2703 }
2704 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2705 {
2706 cmpltr = 4;
2707 }
2708 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2709 {
2710 cmpltr = 5;
2711 }
2712 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2713 {
2714 cmpltr = 6;
2715 }
2716 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2717 {
2718 cmpltr = 7;
2719 }
2720 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2721 completer. */
2722 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2723 {
2724 cmpltr = 0;
2725 nullify = 1;
2726 }
2727 else
2728 {
2729 cmpltr = -1;
2730 }
2731 **s = c;
2732 }
2733
2734 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2735 if (nullify)
2736 *s = save_s;
2737
2738 return cmpltr;
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2742 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2743
2744 static int
2745 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2746 {
2747 int cmpltr;
2748 char *name = *s + 1;
2749 char c;
2750 char *save_s = *s;
2751 int nullify = 0;
2752
2753 cmpltr = 0;
2754 if (**s == ',')
2755 {
2756 *s += 1;
2757 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2758 *s += 1;
2759 c = **s;
2760 **s = 0x00;
2761
2762 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2763 {
2764 cmpltr = 0;
2765 }
2766 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2767 {
2768 cmpltr = 1;
2769 }
2770 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 2;
2773 }
2774 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2775 {
2776 cmpltr = 3;
2777 }
2778 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2779 {
2780 cmpltr = 4;
2781 }
2782 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = 5;
2785 }
2786 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = 6;
2789 }
2790 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 7;
2793 }
2794 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2795 completer. */
2796 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2797 {
2798 cmpltr = 0;
2799 nullify = 1;
2800 }
2801 else
2802 {
2803 cmpltr = -1;
2804 }
2805 **s = c;
2806 }
2807
2808 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2809 if (nullify)
2810 *s = save_s;
2811
2812 return cmpltr;
2813 }
2814
2815 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2816 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2817
2818 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2819 returned as 8-15. */
2820
2821 static int
2822 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2823 {
2824 int cmpltr;
2825 char *name = *s + 1;
2826 char c;
2827
2828 cmpltr = -1;
2829 if (**s == ',')
2830 {
2831 *s += 1;
2832 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2833 *s += 1;
2834 c = **s;
2835 **s = 0x00;
2836
2837 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2838 {
2839 cmpltr = 0;
2840 }
2841 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 1;
2844 }
2845 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2846 {
2847 cmpltr = 2;
2848 }
2849 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2850 {
2851 cmpltr = 3;
2852 }
2853 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 4;
2856 }
2857 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2858 {
2859 cmpltr = 5;
2860 }
2861 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2862 {
2863 cmpltr = 6;
2864 }
2865 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 7;
2868 }
2869 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2870 {
2871 cmpltr = 8;
2872 }
2873 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2874 {
2875 cmpltr = 9;
2876 }
2877 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 10;
2880 }
2881 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2882 {
2883 cmpltr = 11;
2884 }
2885 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2886 {
2887 cmpltr = 12;
2888 }
2889 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2890 {
2891 cmpltr = 13;
2892 }
2893 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2894 {
2895 cmpltr = 14;
2896 }
2897 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2898 {
2899 cmpltr = 15;
2900 }
2901 else
2902 {
2903 cmpltr = -1;
2904 }
2905 **s = c;
2906 }
2907
2908 return cmpltr;
2909 }
2910
2911 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2912 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2913
2914 static int
2915 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2916 {
2917 int cmpltr;
2918 char *name = *s + 1;
2919 char c;
2920
2921 cmpltr = -1;
2922 if (**s == ',')
2923 {
2924 *s += 1;
2925 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2926 *s += 1;
2927 c = **s;
2928 **s = 0x00;
2929
2930 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2931 {
2932 cmpltr = 0;
2933 }
2934 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2935 {
2936 cmpltr = 1;
2937 }
2938 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2939 {
2940 cmpltr = 2;
2941 }
2942 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2943 {
2944 cmpltr = 3;
2945 }
2946 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2947 {
2948 cmpltr = 4;
2949 }
2950 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2951 {
2952 cmpltr = 5;
2953 }
2954 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2955 {
2956 cmpltr = 6;
2957 }
2958 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2959 {
2960 cmpltr = 7;
2961 }
2962 else
2963 {
2964 cmpltr = -1;
2965 }
2966 **s = c;
2967 }
2968
2969 return cmpltr;
2970 }
2971
2972 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2973 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2974
2975 static int
2976 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2977 {
2978 int cmpltr;
2979 char *name = *s + 1;
2980 char c;
2981 char *save_s = *s;
2982 int nullify = 0;
2983
2984 cmpltr = 0;
2985 if (**s == ',')
2986 {
2987 *s += 1;
2988 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2989 *s += 1;
2990 c = **s;
2991 **s = 0x00;
2992 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2993 {
2994 cmpltr = 1;
2995 }
2996 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2997 {
2998 cmpltr = 2;
2999 }
3000 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3001 {
3002 cmpltr = 3;
3003 }
3004 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3005 {
3006 cmpltr = 4;
3007 }
3008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3009 {
3010 cmpltr = 5;
3011 }
3012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3013 {
3014 cmpltr = 6;
3015 }
3016 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3017 {
3018 cmpltr = 7;
3019 }
3020 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3021 completer. */
3022 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3023 {
3024 cmpltr = 0;
3025 nullify = 1;
3026 }
3027 else
3028 {
3029 cmpltr = -1;
3030 }
3031 **s = c;
3032 }
3033
3034 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3035 if (nullify)
3036 *s = save_s;
3037
3038 return cmpltr;
3039 }
3040
3041 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3042 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3043
3044 static int
3045 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3046 {
3047 int cmpltr;
3048 char *name = *s + 1;
3049 char c;
3050 char *save_s = *s;
3051 int nullify = 0;
3052
3053 cmpltr = 0;
3054 if (**s == ',')
3055 {
3056 *s += 1;
3057 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3058 *s += 1;
3059 c = **s;
3060 **s = 0x00;
3061 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3062 {
3063 cmpltr = 0;
3064 }
3065 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3066 {
3067 cmpltr = 1;
3068 }
3069 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3070 {
3071 cmpltr = 2;
3072 }
3073 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3074 {
3075 cmpltr = 3;
3076 }
3077 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3078 {
3079 cmpltr = 4;
3080 }
3081 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3082 {
3083 cmpltr = 5;
3084 }
3085 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3086 {
3087 cmpltr = 6;
3088 }
3089 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3090 {
3091 cmpltr = 7;
3092 }
3093 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3094 completer. */
3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3096 {
3097 cmpltr = 0;
3098 nullify = 1;
3099 }
3100 else
3101 {
3102 cmpltr = -1;
3103 }
3104 **s = c;
3105 }
3106
3107 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3108 if (nullify)
3109 *s = save_s;
3110
3111 return cmpltr;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3115 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3116
3117 static int
3118 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3119 {
3120 int cmpltr;
3121 char *name = *s + 1;
3122 char c;
3123 char *save_s = *s;
3124 int nullify = 0;
3125
3126 cmpltr = 0;
3127 if (**s == ',')
3128 {
3129 *s += 1;
3130 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3131 *s += 1;
3132 c = **s;
3133 **s = 0x00;
3134 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3135 {
3136 cmpltr = 1;
3137 }
3138 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3139 {
3140 cmpltr = 2;
3141 }
3142 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3143 {
3144 cmpltr = 3;
3145 }
3146 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3147 {
3148 cmpltr = 4;
3149 }
3150 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = 5;
3153 }
3154 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3155 {
3156 cmpltr = 6;
3157 }
3158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3159 {
3160 cmpltr = 7;
3161 }
3162 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3163 {
3164 cmpltr = 8;
3165 }
3166 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3167 {
3168 cmpltr = 9;
3169 }
3170 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3171 {
3172 cmpltr = 10;
3173 }
3174 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3175 {
3176 cmpltr = 11;
3177 }
3178 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3179 {
3180 cmpltr = 12;
3181 }
3182 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3183 {
3184 cmpltr = 13;
3185 }
3186 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3187 {
3188 cmpltr = 14;
3189 }
3190 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3191 {
3192 cmpltr = 15;
3193 }
3194 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3195 completer. */
3196 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3197 {
3198 cmpltr = 0;
3199 nullify = 1;
3200 }
3201 else
3202 {
3203 cmpltr = -1;
3204 }
3205 **s = c;
3206 }
3207
3208 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3209 if (nullify)
3210 *s = save_s;
3211
3212 return cmpltr;
3213 }
3214
3215 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3216 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3217
3218 static void
3219 pa_ip (char *str)
3220 {
3221 char *error_message = "";
3222 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3223 const char *args;
3224 int match = FALSE;
3225 int comma = 0;
3226 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3227 unsigned long opcode;
3228 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3229
3230 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3231 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3232 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3233 #endif
3234
3235 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3236 case. */
3237 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3238 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3239
3240 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3241 for (s = str;
3242 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3243 ++s)
3244 ;
3245
3246 switch (*s)
3247 {
3248
3249 case '\0':
3250 break;
3251
3252 case ',':
3253 comma = 1;
3254
3255 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3256
3257 case ' ':
3258 *s++ = '\0';
3259 break;
3260
3261 default:
3262 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3263 return;
3264 }
3265
3266 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
3267 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3268 {
3269 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
3270 return;
3271 }
3272
3273 if (comma)
3274 *--s = ',';
3275
3276 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3277 start processing them. */
3278 argstart = s;
3279 for (;;)
3280 {
3281 /* Do some initialization. */
3282 opcode = insn->match;
3283 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3284 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3285
3286 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3287
3288 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3289 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3290 goto failed;
3291
3292 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3293 sure that the operands match. */
3294 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3295 {
3296 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3297 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3298 s++;
3299
3300 switch (*args)
3301 {
3302 /* End of arguments. */
3303 case '\0':
3304 if (*s == '\0')
3305 match = TRUE;
3306 break;
3307
3308 case '+':
3309 if (*s == '+')
3310 {
3311 ++s;
3312 continue;
3313 }
3314 if (*s == '-')
3315 continue;
3316 break;
3317
3318 /* These must match exactly. */
3319 case '(':
3320 case ')':
3321 case ',':
3322 case ' ':
3323 if (*s++ == *args)
3324 continue;
3325 break;
3326
3327 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3328 case 'b':
3329 case '^':
3330 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3331 break;
3332 num = pa_number;
3333 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3334 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3335
3336 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3337 is there. */
3338 case '!':
3339 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3340 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3341 s = s + 1;
3342
3343 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3344 {
3345 s += 4;
3346 continue;
3347 }
3348 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3349 {
3350 s += 5;
3351 continue;
3352 }
3353 break;
3354
3355 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3356 case 'x':
3357 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3358 break;
3359 num = pa_number;
3360 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3361 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3362
3363 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3364 case 't':
3365 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3366 break;
3367 num = pa_number;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3369 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3370
3371 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3372 case 'a':
3373 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3374 break;
3375 num = pa_number;
3376 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3377 opcode |= num << 16;
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3381 case 'T':
3382 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3383 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3384 break;
3385 s = expr_end;
3386 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3387 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3388
3389 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3390 case '5':
3391 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3392 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3393 break;
3394 s = expr_end;
3395 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3396 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3398 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3399 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3400
3401 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3402 case 'V':
3403 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3404 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3405 break;
3406 s = expr_end;
3407 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3408 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3409 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3410 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3412
3413 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3414 case 'r':
3415 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417 break;
3418 s = expr_end;
3419 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3420 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3421
3422 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3423 case 'R':
3424 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3425 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3426 break;
3427 s = expr_end;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3430
3431 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3432 case 'U':
3433 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3434 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3435 break;
3436 s = expr_end;
3437 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3439
3440 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3441 case 's':
3442 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3443 break;
3444 num = pa_number;
3445 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3446 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3447
3448 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3449 case 'S':
3450 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3451 break;
3452 num = pa_number;
3453 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3454 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3455 continue;
3456
3457 /* Handle all completers. */
3458 case 'c':
3459 switch (*++args)
3460 {
3461
3462 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3463 case 'X':
3464 case 'x':
3465 {
3466 int uu = 0;
3467 int m = 0;
3468 int i = 0;
3469 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3470 {
3471 s++;
3472 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3473 {
3474 uu = 1;
3475 m = 1;
3476 s++;
3477 i++;
3478 }
3479 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3480 m = 1;
3481 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3482 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3483 uu = 1;
3484 else if (strict)
3485 {
3486 /* This is a match failure. */
3487 s--;
3488 break;
3489 }
3490 else
3491 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3492 s++;
3493 i++;
3494 }
3495 if (i > 2)
3496 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3497 opcode |= m << 5;
3498 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3499 }
3500
3501 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3502 case 'M':
3503 case 'm':
3504 case 'q':
3505 case 'J':
3506 case 'e':
3507 {
3508 int a = 0;
3509 int m = 0;
3510 if (*s == ',')
3511 {
3512 s++;
3513 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3514 {
3515 a = 0;
3516 m = 1;
3517 s += 2;
3518 }
3519 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3520 {
3521 a = 1;
3522 m = 1;
3523 s += 2;
3524 }
3525 else if (strict)
3526 /* This is a match failure. */
3527 s--;
3528 else
3529 {
3530 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3531 s += 2;
3532 }
3533 }
3534 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3535 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3536 else if (*args == 'e')
3537 break;
3538
3539 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3540 encode the before/after field. */
3541 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3542 {
3543 opcode |= m << 5;
3544 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3545 }
3546 else if (*args == 'q')
3547 {
3548 opcode |= m << 3;
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3550 }
3551 else if (*args == 'J')
3552 {
3553 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3554 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3555 }
3556 else if (*args == 'e')
3557 {
3558 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3559 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3560 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3561 opcode |= a;
3562 continue;
3563 }
3564 }
3565
3566 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3567 case 'A':
3568 case 's':
3569 {
3570 int a = 0;
3571 int m = 0;
3572 int i = 0;
3573 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3574 {
3575 s++;
3576 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3577 m = 1;
3578 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3579 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3580 a = 0;
3581 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3582 a = 1;
3583 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3584 else if (strict)
3585 {
3586 s--;
3587 break;
3588 }
3589 else
3590 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3591 s++;
3592 i++;
3593 }
3594 if (i > 2)
3595 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3596 opcode |= m << 5;
3597 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3598 }
3599
3600 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3601 case 'c':
3602 cmpltr = 0;
3603 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3604 {
3605 s += 3;
3606 cmpltr = 2;
3607 }
3608 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3609
3610 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3611 case 'C':
3612 cmpltr = 0;
3613 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3614 {
3615 s += 3;
3616 cmpltr = 2;
3617 }
3618 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3619 {
3620 s += 3;
3621 cmpltr = 1;
3622 }
3623 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3624
3625 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3626 case 'd':
3627 cmpltr = 0;
3628 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3629 {
3630 s += 3;
3631 cmpltr = 1;
3632 }
3633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3634
3635 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3636 case 'o':
3637 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3638 break;
3639 s += 2;
3640 continue;
3641
3642 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3643 case 'g':
3644 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3645 break;
3646 s += 5;
3647 continue;
3648
3649 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3650 case 'p':
3651 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3652 break;
3653 s += 7;
3654 continue;
3655
3656 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3657 case 'l':
3658 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3659 break;
3660 s += 2;
3661 continue;
3662
3663 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3664 case 'P':
3665 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3666 break;
3667 s += 4;
3668 continue;
3669
3670 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3671 case 'L':
3672 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3673 break;
3674 s += 2;
3675 continue;
3676
3677 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3678 case 'w':
3679 flag = 0;
3680 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3681 {
3682 flag = 1;
3683 s += 2;
3684 }
3685 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3686 {
3687 flag = 0;
3688 s += 2;
3689 }
3690
3691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3692
3693 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3694 case 'W':
3695 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3696 break;
3697 s += 2;
3698 continue;
3699
3700 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3701 case 'r':
3702 flag = 0;
3703 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3704 {
3705 flag = 5;
3706 s += 2;
3707 }
3708
3709 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3710
3711 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3712 case 'Z':
3713 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3714 {
3715 flag = 1;
3716 s += 2;
3717 }
3718 else
3719 flag = 0;
3720
3721 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3722
3723 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3724 case 'i':
3725 flag = 0;
3726 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3727 {
3728 flag = 1;
3729 s += 2;
3730 }
3731
3732 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3733
3734 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3735 case 'z':
3736 flag = 1;
3737 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3738 {
3739 flag = 0;
3740 s += 2;
3741 }
3742
3743 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3744
3745 /* Handle add completer. */
3746 case 'a':
3747 flag = 1;
3748 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3749 {
3750 flag = 2;
3751 s += 2;
3752 }
3753 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3754 {
3755 flag = 3;
3756 s += 4;
3757 }
3758
3759 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3760
3761 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3762 case 'Y':
3763 flag = 0;
3764 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3765 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3766 {
3767 flag = 1;
3768 s += 7;
3769 }
3770 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3771 {
3772 flag = 0;
3773 s += 3;
3774 }
3775 else
3776 break;
3777
3778 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3779
3780 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3781 case 'y':
3782 flag = 0;
3783 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3784 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3785 {
3786 flag = 1;
3787 s += 6;
3788 }
3789 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3790 {
3791 flag = 0;
3792 s += 2;
3793 }
3794 else
3795 break;
3796
3797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3798
3799 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3800 case 'v':
3801 flag = 0;
3802 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3803 {
3804 flag = 1;
3805 s += 4;
3806 }
3807
3808 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3809
3810 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3811 case 't':
3812 flag = 0;
3813 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3814 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3815 {
3816 flag = 1;
3817 s += 7;
3818 }
3819 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3820 {
3821 flag = 0;
3822 s += 3;
3823 }
3824 else
3825 break;
3826
3827 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3828
3829 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3830 case 'B':
3831 flag = 0;
3832 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3833 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3834 {
3835 flag = 1;
3836 s += 7;
3837 }
3838 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3839 {
3840 flag = 0;
3841 s += 3;
3842 }
3843 else
3844 break;
3845
3846 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3847
3848 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3849 case 'b':
3850 flag = 0;
3851 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3852 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3853 {
3854 flag = 1;
3855 s += 6;
3856 }
3857 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3858 {
3859 flag = 0;
3860 s += 2;
3861 }
3862 else
3863 break;
3864
3865 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3866
3867 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3868 case 'T':
3869 flag = 0;
3870 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3871 {
3872 flag = 1;
3873 s += 3;
3874 }
3875
3876 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3877
3878 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3879 case 'S':
3880 {
3881 int sign = 1;
3882 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3883 {
3884 sign = 1;
3885 s += 2;
3886 }
3887 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3888 {
3889 sign = 0;
3890 s += 2;
3891 }
3892
3893 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3894 }
3895
3896 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3897 case 'h':
3898 if (*s++ == ',')
3899 {
3900 int lr = 0;
3901 if (*s == 'r')
3902 lr = 2;
3903 else if (*s == 'l')
3904 lr = 0;
3905 else
3906 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3907
3908 s++;
3909 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3910 }
3911 else
3912 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3913 break;
3914
3915 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3916 case 'H':
3917 {
3918 int sat = 3;
3919 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3920 {
3921 sat = 1;
3922 s += 3;
3923 }
3924 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3925 {
3926 sat = 0;
3927 s += 3;
3928 }
3929
3930 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3931 }
3932
3933 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3934 case '*':
3935 if (*s++ == ',')
3936 {
3937 int permloc[4];
3938 int perm = 0;
3939 int i = 0;
3940 permloc[0] = 13;
3941 permloc[1] = 10;
3942 permloc[2] = 8;
3943 permloc[3] = 6;
3944 for (; i < 4; i++)
3945 {
3946 switch (*s++)
3947 {
3948 case '0':
3949 perm = 0;
3950 break;
3951 case '1':
3952 perm = 1;
3953 break;
3954 case '2':
3955 perm = 2;
3956 break;
3957 case '3':
3958 perm = 3;
3959 break;
3960 default:
3961 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3962 }
3963 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3964 }
3965 continue;
3966 }
3967 else
3968 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3969 break;
3970
3971 default:
3972 abort ();
3973 }
3974 break;
3975
3976 /* Handle all conditions. */
3977 case '?':
3978 {
3979 args++;
3980 switch (*args)
3981 {
3982 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3983 case 'f':
3984 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3985 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3986
3987 /* Handle an add condition. */
3988 case 'A':
3989 case 'a':
3990 cmpltr = 0;
3991 flag = 0;
3992 if (*s == ',')
3993 {
3994 s++;
3995
3996 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3997 if (*args == 'A')
3998 {
3999 if (*s == '*')
4000 s++;
4001 else
4002 break;
4003 }
4004 else if (*s == '*')
4005 break;
4006
4007 name = s;
4008 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4009 s += 1;
4010 c = *s;
4011 *s = 0x00;
4012 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4013 cmpltr = 1;
4014 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4015 cmpltr = 2;
4016 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4017 cmpltr = 3;
4018 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4019 cmpltr = 4;
4020 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4021 cmpltr = 5;
4022 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4023 cmpltr = 6;
4024 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4025 cmpltr = 7;
4026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4027 {
4028 cmpltr = 0;
4029 flag = 1;
4030 }
4031 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4032 {
4033 cmpltr = 1;
4034 flag = 1;
4035 }
4036 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4037 {
4038 cmpltr = 2;
4039 flag = 1;
4040 }
4041 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4042 {
4043 cmpltr = 3;
4044 flag = 1;
4045 }
4046 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4047 {
4048 cmpltr = 4;
4049 flag = 1;
4050 }
4051 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4052 {
4053 cmpltr = 5;
4054 flag = 1;
4055 }
4056 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4057 {
4058 cmpltr = 6;
4059 flag = 1;
4060 }
4061 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4062 {
4063 cmpltr = 7;
4064 flag = 1;
4065 }
4066 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4067 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4068 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4069 *s = c;
4070 }
4071 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4072 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4073
4074 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4075 case 'd':
4076 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4077 if (cmpltr < 0)
4078 {
4079 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4080 cmpltr = 0;
4081 }
4082 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4083
4084 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4085 case 'W':
4086 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4087 if (cmpltr < 0)
4088 {
4089 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4090 cmpltr = 0;
4091 }
4092 else
4093 {
4094 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4095 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4096 }
4097 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4098
4099 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4100 condition. */
4101 case '@':
4102 save_s = s;
4103 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4104 if (cmpltr < 0)
4105 {
4106 s = save_s;
4107 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4108 if (cmpltr < 0)
4109 {
4110 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4111 cmpltr = 0;
4112 }
4113 else
4114 {
4115 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4116 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4120
4121 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4122 case 'B':
4123 case 'b':
4124 cmpltr = 0;
4125 if (*s == ',')
4126 {
4127 s++;
4128
4129 if (*args == 'B')
4130 {
4131 if (*s == '*')
4132 s++;
4133 else
4134 break;
4135 }
4136 else if (*s == '*')
4137 break;
4138
4139 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4140 {
4141 cmpltr = 0;
4142 s++;
4143 }
4144 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4145 {
4146 cmpltr = 1;
4147 s += 2;
4148 }
4149 else
4150 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4151 }
4152 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4153
4154 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4155 case 'S':
4156 case 's':
4157 cmpltr = 0;
4158 flag = 0;
4159 if (*s == ',')
4160 {
4161 s++;
4162
4163 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4164 if (*args == 'S')
4165 {
4166 if (*s == '*')
4167 s++;
4168 else
4169 break;
4170 }
4171 else if (*s == '*')
4172 break;
4173
4174 name = s;
4175 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4176 s += 1;
4177 c = *s;
4178 *s = 0x00;
4179 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4180 cmpltr = 1;
4181 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4182 cmpltr = 2;
4183 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4184 cmpltr = 3;
4185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4186 cmpltr = 4;
4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4188 cmpltr = 5;
4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4190 cmpltr = 6;
4191 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4192 cmpltr = 7;
4193 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4194 {
4195 cmpltr = 0;
4196 flag = 1;
4197 }
4198 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4199 {
4200 cmpltr = 1;
4201 flag = 1;
4202 }
4203 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4204 {
4205 cmpltr = 2;
4206 flag = 1;
4207 }
4208 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4209 {
4210 cmpltr = 3;
4211 flag = 1;
4212 }
4213 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4214 {
4215 cmpltr = 4;
4216 flag = 1;
4217 }
4218 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4219 {
4220 cmpltr = 5;
4221 flag = 1;
4222 }
4223 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4224 {
4225 cmpltr = 6;
4226 flag = 1;
4227 }
4228 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4229 {
4230 cmpltr = 7;
4231 flag = 1;
4232 }
4233 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4234 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4235 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4236 name);
4237 *s = c;
4238 }
4239 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4240 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4241
4242 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4243 case 't':
4244 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4245 if (cmpltr < 0)
4246 {
4247 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4248 cmpltr = 0;
4249 }
4250 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4251
4252 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4253 case 'n':
4254 save_s = s;
4255 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4256 if (cmpltr < 0)
4257 {
4258 s = save_s;
4259 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4260 if (cmpltr < 0)
4261 {
4262 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4263 cmpltr = 0;
4264 }
4265 else
4266 {
4267 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4268 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4269 }
4270 }
4271
4272 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4273
4274 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4275 case 'N':
4276 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4277 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4278 {
4279 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4280 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4281 }
4282 else
4283 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4284 break;
4285
4286 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4287
4288 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4289 case 'Q':
4290 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4291 if (cmpltr < 0)
4292 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4293 break;
4294
4295 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4296
4297 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4298 case 'L':
4299 case 'l':
4300 cmpltr = 0;
4301 flag = 0;
4302 if (*s == ',')
4303 {
4304 s++;
4305
4306 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4307 if (*args == 'L')
4308 {
4309 if (*s == '*')
4310 s++;
4311 else
4312 break;
4313 }
4314 else if (*s == '*')
4315 break;
4316
4317 name = s;
4318 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4319 s += 1;
4320 c = *s;
4321 *s = 0x00;
4322
4323 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4324 cmpltr = 1;
4325 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4326 cmpltr = 2;
4327 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4328 cmpltr = 3;
4329 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4330 cmpltr = 7;
4331 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4332 {
4333 cmpltr = 0;
4334 flag = 1;
4335 }
4336 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4337 {
4338 cmpltr = 1;
4339 flag = 1;
4340 }
4341 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4342 {
4343 cmpltr = 2;
4344 flag = 1;
4345 }
4346 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4347 {
4348 cmpltr = 3;
4349 flag = 1;
4350 }
4351 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4352 {
4353 cmpltr = 7;
4354 flag = 1;
4355 }
4356 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4357 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4358 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4359 *s = c;
4360 }
4361 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4362 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4363
4364 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4365 case 'X':
4366 case 'x':
4367 case 'y':
4368 cmpltr = 0;
4369 if (*s == ',')
4370 {
4371 save_s = s++;
4372
4373 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4374 if (*args == 'X')
4375 {
4376 if (*s == '*')
4377 s++;
4378 else
4379 break;
4380 }
4381 else if (*s == '*')
4382 break;
4383
4384 name = s;
4385 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4386 s += 1;
4387 c = *s;
4388 *s = 0x00;
4389 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4390 cmpltr = 1;
4391 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4392 cmpltr = 2;
4393 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4394 cmpltr = 3;
4395 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4396 cmpltr = 4;
4397 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4398 cmpltr = 5;
4399 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4400 cmpltr = 6;
4401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4402 cmpltr = 7;
4403 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4404 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4405 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4406 {
4407 *s = c;
4408 s = save_s;
4409 continue;
4410 }
4411 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4412 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4413 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4414 *s = c;
4415 }
4416 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4417
4418 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4419 case 'U':
4420 case 'u':
4421 cmpltr = 0;
4422 flag = 0;
4423 if (*s == ',')
4424 {
4425 s++;
4426
4427 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4428 if (*args == 'U')
4429 {
4430 if (*s == '*')
4431 s++;
4432 else
4433 break;
4434 }
4435 else if (*s == '*')
4436 break;
4437
4438 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4439 {
4440 cmpltr = 2;
4441 s += 3;
4442 }
4443 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4444 {
4445 cmpltr = 3;
4446 s += 3;
4447 }
4448 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4449 {
4450 cmpltr = 4;
4451 s += 3;
4452 }
4453 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4454 {
4455 cmpltr = 6;
4456 s += 3;
4457 }
4458 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4459 {
4460 cmpltr = 7;
4461 s += 3;
4462 }
4463 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4464 {
4465 cmpltr = 0;
4466 flag = 1;
4467 s += 2;
4468 }
4469 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4470 {
4471 cmpltr = 2;
4472 flag = 1;
4473 s += 3;
4474 }
4475 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4476 {
4477 cmpltr = 3;
4478 flag = 1;
4479 s += 3;
4480 }
4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4482 {
4483 cmpltr = 4;
4484 flag = 1;
4485 s += 3;
4486 }
4487 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4488 {
4489 cmpltr = 6;
4490 flag = 1;
4491 s += 3;
4492 }
4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4494 {
4495 cmpltr = 7;
4496 flag = 1;
4497 s += 3;
4498 }
4499 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4500 {
4501 cmpltr = 1;
4502 flag = 0;
4503 s += 3;
4504 }
4505 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4506 {
4507 cmpltr = 5;
4508 flag = 0;
4509 s += 3;
4510 }
4511 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4512 {
4513 cmpltr = 1;
4514 flag = 1;
4515 s += 3;
4516 }
4517 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4518 {
4519 cmpltr = 5;
4520 flag = 1;
4521 s += 3;
4522 }
4523 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4524 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4525 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4526 }
4527 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4528 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4529
4530 default:
4531 abort ();
4532 }
4533 break;
4534 }
4535
4536 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4537 case 'n':
4538 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4539 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4540
4541 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4542 case 'N':
4543 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4544 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4545
4546 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4547 case 'L':
4548 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4549 s += 4;
4550 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4551 s += 4;
4552 else
4553 break;
4554 continue;
4555
4556 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4557 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4558 case 'h':
4559 get_expression (s);
4560 s = expr_end;
4561 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4562 {
4563 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4564 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4565 num++;
4566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4567 }
4568 else
4569 break;
4570
4571 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4572 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4573 case 'm':
4574 get_expression (s);
4575 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4576 {
4577 s = expr_end;
4578 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4579 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4580 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4582 }
4583 else
4584 break;
4585
4586 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4587 case '=':
4588 {
4589 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4590 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4591 }
4592
4593 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4594 case 'i':
4595 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4596 get_expression (s);
4597 s = expr_end;
4598 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4599 {
4600 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4601 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4602 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4603 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4604 }
4605 else
4606 {
4607 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4608 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4609 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4610 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4611 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4612 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4613 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4614 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4615 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4616 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4617 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4618 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4619 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4620 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4621 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4622 #endif
4623 else
4624 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4625 the_insn.format = 11;
4626 continue;
4627 }
4628
4629 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4630 case 'J':
4631 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4632 get_expression (s);
4633 s = expr_end;
4634 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4635 {
4636 int mb;
4637
4638 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4639 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4640 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4641 good to rethink this. */
4642 mb = opcode & 1;
4643 opcode -= mb;
4644 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4645 if (mb != (num < 0))
4646 break;
4647 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4648 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4649 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4650 }
4651 break;
4652
4653 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4654 case 'K':
4655 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4656 get_expression (s);
4657 s = expr_end;
4658 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4659 {
4660 int mb;
4661
4662 mb = opcode & 1;
4663 opcode -= mb;
4664 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4665 if (mb == (num < 0))
4666 break;
4667 if (num % 4)
4668 break;
4669 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4670 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4671 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4672 }
4673 break;
4674
4675 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4676 case '<':
4677 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4678 get_expression (s);
4679 s = expr_end;
4680 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4681 {
4682 int mb;
4683
4684 mb = opcode & 1;
4685 opcode -= mb;
4686 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4687 if (mb != (num < 0))
4688 break;
4689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4690 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4692 }
4693 break;
4694
4695 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4696 case '>':
4697 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4698 get_expression (s);
4699 s = expr_end;
4700 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4701 {
4702 int mb;
4703
4704 mb = opcode & 1;
4705 opcode -= mb;
4706 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4707 if (mb == (num < 0))
4708 break;
4709 if (num % 4)
4710 break;
4711 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4712 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4713 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4714 }
4715 break;
4716
4717 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4718 case '#':
4719 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4720 break;
4721 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4722 get_expression (s);
4723 s = expr_end;
4724 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4725 {
4726 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4727 if (num & 0x7)
4728 break;
4729 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4730 if (num < 0)
4731 opcode |= 1;
4732 num &= 0x1fff;
4733 num >>= 3;
4734 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4735 }
4736 else
4737 {
4738 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4739 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4740 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4741 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4742 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4743 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4744 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4745 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4746 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4747 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4748 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4749 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4750 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4751 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4752 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4753 #endif
4754 else
4755 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4756 the_insn.format = 14;
4757 continue;
4758 }
4759 break;
4760
4761 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4762 case 'd':
4763 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4764 get_expression (s);
4765 s = expr_end;
4766 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4767 {
4768 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4769 if (num & 0x3)
4770 break;
4771 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4772 if (num < 0)
4773 opcode |= 1;
4774 num &= 0x1fff;
4775 num >>= 2;
4776 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4777 }
4778 else
4779 {
4780 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4781 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4782 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4783 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4784 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4785 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4786 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4787 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4788 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4789 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4790 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4791 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4792 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4793 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4794 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4795 #endif
4796 else
4797 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4798 the_insn.format = 14;
4799 continue;
4800 }
4801
4802 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4803 case 'j':
4804 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4805 get_expression (s);
4806 s = expr_end;
4807 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4808 {
4809 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4810 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4811 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4812 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4817 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4818 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4819 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4820 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4821 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4822 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4823 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4824 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4825 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4826 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4827 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4828 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4829 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4830 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4831 #endif
4832 else
4833 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4834 the_insn.format = 14;
4835 continue;
4836 }
4837
4838 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4839 case 'k':
4840 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4841 get_expression (s);
4842 s = expr_end;
4843 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4844 {
4845 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4846 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4847 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4848 continue;
4849 }
4850 else
4851 {
4852 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4853 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4854 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4855 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4856 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4857 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4858 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4859 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4860 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4861 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4862 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4863 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4864 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4865 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4866 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4867 #endif
4868 else
4869 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4870 the_insn.format = 21;
4871 continue;
4872 }
4873
4874 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4875 case 'l':
4876 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4877 get_expression (s);
4878 s = expr_end;
4879 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4880 {
4881 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4882 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4883 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4884 continue;
4885 }
4886 else
4887 {
4888 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4889 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4890 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4891 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4892 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4893 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4894 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4895 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4896 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4897 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4898 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4899 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4900 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4901 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4902 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4903 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4904 #endif
4905 else
4906 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4907 the_insn.format = 14;
4908 continue;
4909 }
4910
4911 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4912 case 'y':
4913 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4914 get_expression (s);
4915 s = expr_end;
4916 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4917 {
4918 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4919 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4920 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4921 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4922 continue;
4923 }
4924 else
4925 {
4926 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4927 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4928 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4929 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4930 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4931 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4932 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4933 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4934 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4935 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4936 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4937 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4938 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4939 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4940 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4941 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4942 #endif
4943 else
4944 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4945 the_insn.format = 14;
4946 continue;
4947 }
4948
4949 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4950 case '&':
4951 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4952 get_expression (s);
4953 s = expr_end;
4954 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4955 {
4956 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4957 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4958 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4959 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4960 continue;
4961 }
4962 else
4963 {
4964 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4965 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4966 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4967 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4968 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4969 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4970 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4971 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4972 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4973 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4974 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4975 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4976 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4977 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4978 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4979 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4980 #endif
4981 else
4982 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4983 the_insn.format = 14;
4984 continue;
4985 }
4986
4987 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4988 case 'w':
4989 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4990 get_expression (s);
4991 s = expr_end;
4992 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4993 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4994 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4995 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4996 {
4997 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4998 if (num % 4)
4999 {
5000 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5001 break;
5002 }
5003 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5004 num -= 8;
5005 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5006 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5007 continue;
5008 }
5009 else
5010 {
5011 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5012 the_insn.format = 12;
5013 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5014 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5015 s = expr_end;
5016 continue;
5017 }
5018
5019 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5020 case 'W':
5021 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5022 get_expression (s);
5023 s = expr_end;
5024 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5025 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5026 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5027 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5028 {
5029 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5030 if (num % 4)
5031 {
5032 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5033 break;
5034 }
5035 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5036 num -= 8;
5037 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5038 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5039 continue;
5040 }
5041 else
5042 {
5043 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5044 the_insn.format = 17;
5045 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5046 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5047 continue;
5048 }
5049
5050 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5051 case 'X':
5052 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5053 get_expression (s);
5054 s = expr_end;
5055 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5056 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5057 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5058 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5059 {
5060 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5061 if (num % 4)
5062 {
5063 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5064 break;
5065 }
5066 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5067 num -= 8;
5068 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5069 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5070 }
5071 else
5072 {
5073 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5074 the_insn.format = 22;
5075 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5076 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5077 continue;
5078 }
5079
5080 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5081 case 'z':
5082 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5083 get_expression (s);
5084 s = expr_end;
5085 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5086 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5087 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5088 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5089 {
5090 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5091 if (num % 4)
5092 {
5093 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5094 break;
5095 }
5096 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5097 num -= 8;
5098 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5099 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5100 continue;
5101 }
5102 else
5103 {
5104 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5105 the_insn.format = 17;
5106 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5107 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5108 continue;
5109 }
5110
5111 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5112 case 'Z':
5113 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5114 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5115 {
5116 s += 4;
5117 continue;
5118 }
5119 else
5120 break;
5121
5122 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5123 case 'Y':
5124 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5125 break;
5126 s += 9;
5127 continue;
5128
5129 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5130 case '@':
5131 if (*s != '0')
5132 break;
5133 s++;
5134 continue;
5135
5136 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5137 case '.':
5138 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5139 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5140 break;
5141 s = expr_end;
5142 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5143 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5144
5145 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5146 case '*':
5147 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5148 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5149 break;
5150 s = expr_end;
5151 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5152 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5153
5154 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5155 case 'p':
5156 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5157 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5158 break;
5159 s = expr_end;
5160 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5161 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5162
5163 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5164 case '~':
5165 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5166 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5167 break;
5168 s = expr_end;
5169 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5170 num = 63 - num;
5171 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5172 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5173
5174 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5175 case '%':
5176 flag = 0;
5177 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5178 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179 break;
5180 s = expr_end;
5181 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5182 num--;
5183 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5184 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5185 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5186
5187 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5188 case '|':
5189 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5190 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5191 break;
5192 s = expr_end;
5193 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5194 num--;
5195 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5196 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5197 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5198
5199 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5200 case 'P':
5201 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5202 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5203 break;
5204 s = expr_end;
5205 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5206 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5207
5208 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5209 case 'q':
5210 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5211 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5212 break;
5213 s = expr_end;
5214 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5215 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5216 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5217
5218 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5219 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5220 case 'B':
5221 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5222 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5223 break;
5224 s = expr_end;
5225 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5226 if (num & 0x20)
5227 ;
5228 else
5229 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5230 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5231
5232 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5233 case 'Q':
5234 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5235 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5236 break;
5237 s = expr_end;
5238 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5240
5241 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5242 case '$':
5243 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5244 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245 break;
5246 s = expr_end;
5247 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5248 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5249
5250 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5251 case 'A':
5252 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5253 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5254 break;
5255 s = expr_end;
5256 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5257 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5258
5259 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5260 case 'D':
5261 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5262 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5263 break;
5264 s = expr_end;
5265 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5266 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5267
5268 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5269 case 'v':
5270 if (*s++ != ',')
5271 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5272 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5273 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5274 break;
5275 s = expr_end;
5276 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5278
5279 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5280 case 'O':
5281 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5282 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5283 break;
5284 s = expr_end;
5285 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5286 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5288
5289 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5290 case 'o':
5291 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5292 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5293 break;
5294 s = expr_end;
5295 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5297
5298 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5299 case '0':
5300 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5301 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5302 break;
5303 s = expr_end;
5304 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5305 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5306 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5307
5308 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5309 case '1':
5310 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5311 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5312 break;
5313 s = expr_end;
5314 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5315 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5316 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5317
5318 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5319 case 'u':
5320 if (*s++ != ',')
5321 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5322 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5323 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5324 break;
5325 s = expr_end;
5326 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5327 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5328
5329 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5330 case '2':
5331 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5332 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5333 break;
5334 s = expr_end;
5335 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5336 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5337 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5338
5339 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5340 case '{':
5341 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5342 {
5343 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5344 s += 2;
5345 }
5346 else
5347 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5348 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5349 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5350 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5351 flag = SGL;
5352 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5353 flag = DBL;
5354 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5355 flag = QUAD;
5356 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5357
5358 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5359 case '_':
5360 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5361 s--;
5362 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5363 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5364 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5365 flag = SGL;
5366 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5367 flag = DBL;
5368 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5369 flag = QUAD;
5370 opcode |= flag << 13;
5371 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5372 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5373 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5374 {
5375 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5377 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5378 flag = 0;
5379 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5380 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5381 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5382 flag = 2;
5383 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5384 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5385 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5386 flag = 6;
5387 else
5388 abort ();
5389 }
5390 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5391 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5392 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5393 {
5394 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5395 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5397 flag = 1;
5398 else
5399 abort ();
5400 }
5401 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5402 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5403 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5404 {
5405 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5406 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5407 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5408 flag = 5;
5409 else
5410 abort ();
5411 }
5412 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5414
5415 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5416 case 'F':
5417 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5418 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5420
5421 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5422 case 'G':
5423 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5424 s--;
5425 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5426 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5427 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5428
5429 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5430 case 'I':
5431 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5432 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5433 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5434
5435 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5436 Only allows single and double precision. */
5437 case 'H':
5438 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5439 switch (flag)
5440 {
5441 case SGL:
5442 opcode |= 0x20;
5443 case DBL:
5444 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5445 continue;
5446
5447 case QUAD:
5448 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5449 default:
5450 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5451 }
5452 break;
5453
5454 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5455 case 'f':
5456 switch (*++args)
5457 {
5458 /* Float target register. */
5459 case 't':
5460 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5461 break;
5462 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5464 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5465
5466 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5467 case 'T':
5468 {
5469 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5470 break;
5471 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5472 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5473 opcode |= num;
5474
5475 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5476 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5477 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5478 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5479 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5480 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5481
5482 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5483 continue;
5484 }
5485
5486 /* Float operand 1. */
5487 case 'a':
5488 {
5489 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5490 break;
5491 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5492 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5493 opcode |= num << 21;
5494 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5495 {
5496 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5497 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5498 }
5499 continue;
5500 }
5501
5502 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5503 case 'X':
5504 case 'A':
5505 {
5506 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5507 break;
5508 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5509 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5510 opcode |= num << 21;
5511 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5512 continue;
5513 }
5514
5515 /* Float operand 2. */
5516 case 'b':
5517 {
5518 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5519 break;
5520 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5521 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5522 opcode |= num << 16;
5523 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5524 {
5525 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5526 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5527 }
5528 continue;
5529 }
5530
5531 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5532 case 'B':
5533 {
5534 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5535 break;
5536 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5537 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5538 opcode |= num << 16;
5539 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5540 continue;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5544 case 'C':
5545 {
5546 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5547 break;
5548 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5550 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5551 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5552 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5553 continue;
5554 }
5555
5556 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5557 case 'i':
5558 {
5559 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5560 break;
5561 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5562 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5563 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5564 {
5565 if (num < 16)
5566 {
5567 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5568 break;
5569 }
5570 num &= 0xF;
5571 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5572 }
5573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5574 }
5575
5576 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5577 case 'j':
5578 {
5579 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5580 break;
5581 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5582 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5583 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5584 {
5585 if (num < 16)
5586 {
5587 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5588 break;
5589 }
5590 num &= 0xF;
5591 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5592 }
5593 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5594 }
5595
5596 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5597 case 'k':
5598 {
5599 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5600 break;
5601 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5602 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5603 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5604 {
5605 if (num < 16)
5606 {
5607 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5608 break;
5609 }
5610 num &= 0xF;
5611 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5612 }
5613 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5614 }
5615
5616 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5617 case 'l':
5618 {
5619 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5620 break;
5621 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5622 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5623 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5624 {
5625 if (num < 16)
5626 {
5627 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5628 break;
5629 }
5630 num &= 0xF;
5631 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5632 }
5633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5634 }
5635
5636 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5637 case 'm':
5638 {
5639 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5640 break;
5641 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5642 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5643 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5644 {
5645 if (num < 16)
5646 {
5647 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5648 break;
5649 }
5650 num &= 0xF;
5651 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5652 }
5653 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5654 }
5655
5656 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5657 case 'E':
5658 case 'e':
5659 {
5660 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5661 break;
5662 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5663 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5664 opcode |= num << 16;
5665 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5666 {
5667 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5668 }
5669 continue;
5670 }
5671
5672 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5673 case 'x':
5674 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5675 break;
5676 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5677 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5678 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5679
5680 default:
5681 abort ();
5682 }
5683 break;
5684
5685 default:
5686 abort ();
5687 }
5688 break;
5689 }
5690
5691 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5692 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5693 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5694 if (match == TRUE
5695 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5696 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5697 {
5698 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5699 match = FALSE;
5700 }
5701
5702 failed:
5703 /* Check if the args matched. */
5704 if (!match)
5705 {
5706 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5707 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5708 {
5709 ++insn;
5710 s = argstart;
5711 continue;
5712 }
5713 else
5714 {
5715 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5716 return;
5717 }
5718 }
5719 break;
5720 }
5721
5722 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5723 }
5724
5725 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5726
5727 void
5728 md_assemble (char *str)
5729 {
5730 char *to;
5731
5732 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5733 assert (str);
5734
5735 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5736 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5737 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5738
5739 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5740 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5741 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5742 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5743 {
5744 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5745
5746 if (label_symbol)
5747 {
5748 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5749 {
5750 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5751 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5752 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5753 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5754 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5755 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5756 if (within_entry_exit)
5757 {
5758 char *where;
5759 unsigned int u;
5760
5761 where = frag_more (0);
5762 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5763 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5764 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5765 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5766 }
5767 #endif
5768 }
5769 else
5770 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5771 }
5772 else
5773 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5774 }
5775
5776 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5777 pa_ip (str);
5778
5779 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5780 to = frag_more (4);
5781
5782 /* Output the opcode. */
5783 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5784
5785 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5786 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5787 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5788 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5789 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5790 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5791
5792 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5793 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5794 #endif
5795 }
5796
5797 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5798 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5799 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5800 static void
5801 pa_align (int bytes)
5802 {
5803 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5804 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5805
5806 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5807 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5808
5809 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5810 alignment if necessary. */
5811 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5812 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5813 }
5814 #endif
5815
5816 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5817
5818 static void
5819 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5820 {
5821 unsigned int temp_size;
5822
5823 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5824 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5825 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5826 #endif
5827
5828 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5829
5830 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5831 {
5832 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5833 temp_size = 0;
5834 }
5835 else
5836 {
5837 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5838 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5839 *p = 0;
5840 }
5841
5842 pa_undefine_label ();
5843 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5847
5848 static void
5849 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5850 {
5851
5852 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5853 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5854 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5855 char *where = frag_more (0);
5856
5857 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5858 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5859 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5860 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5861 #endif
5862
5863 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5864 }
5865
5866 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5867
5868 static void
5869 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5870 {
5871 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5872 expressionS exp;
5873 char *where = frag_more (0);
5874
5875 if (! begin)
5876 expression (&exp);
5877
5878 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5879 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5880
5881 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5882 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5883 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5884 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5885 #endif
5886
5887 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5888 }
5889
5890 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5891 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5892
5893 static void
5894 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5895 {
5896 char *name, c, *p;
5897 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5898
5899 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5900 {
5901 name = input_line_pointer;
5902 c = get_symbol_end ();
5903 /* Process a source argument. */
5904 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5905 {
5906 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5907 p = input_line_pointer;
5908 *p = c;
5909 input_line_pointer++;
5910 name = input_line_pointer;
5911 c = get_symbol_end ();
5912 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5913 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5914 }
5915 /* Process a return value. */
5916 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5917 {
5918 p = input_line_pointer;
5919 *p = c;
5920 input_line_pointer++;
5921 name = input_line_pointer;
5922 c = get_symbol_end ();
5923 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5924 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5925 }
5926 else
5927 {
5928 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5929 }
5930 p = input_line_pointer;
5931 *p = c;
5932 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5933 input_line_pointer++;
5934 }
5935 }
5936
5937 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5938 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5939 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5940
5941 static void
5942 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5943 {
5944 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5945 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5946 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5947 #endif
5948
5949 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5950 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5951 }
5952
5953 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
5954
5955 static bfd_boolean
5956 is_same_frag (fragS *frag1, fragS *frag2)
5957 {
5958
5959 if (frag1 == NULL)
5960 return FALSE;
5961 else if (frag2 == NULL)
5962 return FALSE;
5963 else if (frag1 == frag2)
5964 return TRUE;
5965 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
5966 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
5967 else
5968 return FALSE;
5969 }
5970
5971 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5972 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5973 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5974 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5975 of the unwind spaces. */
5976
5977 static void
5978 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5979 {
5980 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5981 subsegT save_subseg;
5982 unsigned int unwind;
5983 int reloc;
5984 char *p;
5985
5986 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5987 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5988 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5989 return;
5990
5991 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
5992 save_seg = now_seg;
5993 save_subseg = now_subseg;
5994 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
5995 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
5996 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
5997 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
5998 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
5999 {
6000 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6001 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6002 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6003 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6004 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6005 }
6006
6007 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6008
6009 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6010 descriptor. */
6011 p = frag_more (16);
6012
6013 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6014 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6015 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6016 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6017 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6018 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6019
6020 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6021
6022 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6023 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6024 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6025 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6026 finished with its work. */
6027 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6028 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6029 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6030 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6031 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6032
6033 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6034 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6035 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6036
6037 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6038 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6039
6040 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6041 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6042 }
6043 #endif
6044
6045 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6046 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6047 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6048
6049 static void
6050 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6051 {
6052 char *name, c, *p;
6053 int temp;
6054
6055 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6056 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6057 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6058 #endif
6059
6060 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6061 if (!within_procedure)
6062 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6063
6064 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6065 current procedure. */
6066 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6067
6068 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6069 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6070 {
6071 name = input_line_pointer;
6072 c = get_symbol_end ();
6073 /* Frame size specification. */
6074 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6075 {
6076 p = input_line_pointer;
6077 *p = c;
6078 input_line_pointer++;
6079 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6080 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6081 {
6082 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6083 temp = 0;
6084 }
6085
6086 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6087 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6088
6089 }
6090 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6091 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6092 {
6093 p = input_line_pointer;
6094 *p = c;
6095 input_line_pointer++;
6096 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6097 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6098 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6099 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6100 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6101 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6102 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6103 }
6104 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6105 {
6106 p = input_line_pointer;
6107 *p = c;
6108 input_line_pointer++;
6109 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6110 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6111 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6112 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6113 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6114 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6115 }
6116 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6117 {
6118 p = input_line_pointer;
6119 *p = c;
6120 input_line_pointer++;
6121 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6122 if (temp != 3)
6123 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6124 }
6125 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6126 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6127 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6128 {
6129 p = input_line_pointer;
6130 *p = c;
6131 }
6132 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6133 {
6134 p = input_line_pointer;
6135 *p = c;
6136 }
6137 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6138 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6139 {
6140 p = input_line_pointer;
6141 *p = c;
6142 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6143 }
6144 /* Likewise for SP. */
6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6146 {
6147 p = input_line_pointer;
6148 *p = c;
6149 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6150 }
6151 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6152 in the unwind descriptor. */
6153 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6154 {
6155 p = input_line_pointer;
6156 *p = c;
6157 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6158 }
6159 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6160 unwind descriptor. */
6161 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6162 {
6163 p = input_line_pointer;
6164 *p = c;
6165 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6166 }
6167 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6168 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6169 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6170 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6171 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6172 {
6173 p = input_line_pointer;
6174 *p = c;
6175 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6176 }
6177 else
6178 {
6179 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6180 *input_line_pointer = c;
6181 }
6182 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6183 input_line_pointer++;
6184 }
6185
6186 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6187 }
6188
6189 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6190 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6191 label when finished. */
6192
6193 static void
6194 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6195 {
6196 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6197 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6198 current_subspace
6199 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6200 #endif
6201
6202 s_text (0);
6203 pa_undefine_label ();
6204 }
6205
6206 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6207
6208 static void
6209 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6210 {
6211 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6212 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6213 current_subspace
6214 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6215 #endif
6216 s_data (0);
6217 pa_undefine_label ();
6218 }
6219
6220 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6221 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6222
6223 <label> .comm <length>
6224
6225 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6226 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6227 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6228 and subspace.
6229
6230 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6231
6232 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6233 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6234 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6235 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6236 a pain.
6237
6238 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6239
6240 static void
6241 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6242 {
6243 unsigned int size;
6244 symbolS *symbol;
6245 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6246
6247 if (label_symbol)
6248 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6249 else
6250 symbol = NULL;
6251
6252 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6253 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6254
6255 if (symbol)
6256 {
6257 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6258 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6259 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6260 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6261
6262 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6263 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6264 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6265 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6266 }
6267 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6268 }
6269 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6270
6271 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6272
6273 static void
6274 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6275 {
6276 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6277 }
6278
6279 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6280
6281 static void
6282 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6283 {
6284 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6285 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6286 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6287 #endif
6288
6289 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6290 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6291 }
6292
6293 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6294 procedure. */
6295
6296 static void
6297 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6298 {
6299 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6300 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6301 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6302 #endif
6303
6304 if (!within_procedure)
6305 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6306 else
6307 {
6308 if (!callinfo_found)
6309 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6310 }
6311 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6312 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6313
6314 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6315 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6316 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6317 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6318 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6319
6320 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6321 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6322 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6323 denote the entry and exit points. */
6324 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6325 {
6326 char *where;
6327 unsigned int u;
6328
6329 where = frag_more (0);
6330 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6331 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6332 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6333 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6334 }
6335 #endif
6336 }
6337
6338 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6339 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6340 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6341 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6342
6343 int
6344 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6345 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6346 expressionS *rightP)
6347 {
6348 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6349 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6350 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6351 {
6352 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6353 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6354 }
6355 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6356 }
6357
6358 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6359
6360 static void
6361 pa_equ (int reg)
6362 {
6363 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6364 symbolS *symbol;
6365
6366 if (label_symbol)
6367 {
6368 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6369 if (reg)
6370 {
6371 strict = 1;
6372 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6373 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6374 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6375 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6376 }
6377 else
6378 {
6379 expressionS exp;
6380 segT seg;
6381
6382 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6383 seg = expression (&exp);
6384 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6385 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6386 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6387 {
6388 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6389 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6390 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6391 seg = absolute_section;
6392 }
6393 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6394 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6395 }
6396 }
6397 else
6398 {
6399 if (reg)
6400 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6401 else
6402 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6403 }
6404
6405 pa_undefine_label ();
6406 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6407 }
6408
6409 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6410 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6411 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6412
6413 static void
6414 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6415 {
6416 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6417 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6418 char *name;
6419
6420 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6421 {
6422 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6423 or other problems. */
6424 return;
6425 }
6426
6427 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6428 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6429 + 1);
6430 if (name)
6431 {
6432 symbolS *symbolP;
6433
6434 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6435 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6436
6437 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6438 symbol will have already been defined. */
6439 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6440 if (symbolP)
6441 {
6442 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6443 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6444
6445 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6446 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6447 xfree (name);
6448 }
6449 else
6450 {
6451 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6452 last instruction of the function */
6453 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6454 frag_now);
6455
6456 assert (symbolP);
6457 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6458 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6459 }
6460
6461 if (symbolP)
6462 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6463 else
6464 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6465
6466 }
6467 else
6468 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6469 }
6470 #endif
6471
6472 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6473 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6474 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6475
6476 static void
6477 process_exit (void)
6478 {
6479 char *where;
6480
6481 where = frag_more (0);
6482
6483 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6484 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6485 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6486 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6487 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6488 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6489 #else
6490 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6491 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6492 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6493 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6494
6495 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6496 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6497 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6498 denote the entry and exit points. */
6499 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6500 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6501 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6502 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6503 #endif
6504 }
6505
6506 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6507
6508 static void
6509 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6510 {
6511 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6512 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6513 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6514 #endif
6515
6516 if (!within_procedure)
6517 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6518 else
6519 {
6520 if (!callinfo_found)
6521 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6522 else
6523 {
6524 if (!within_entry_exit)
6525 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6526 else
6527 {
6528 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6529 process_exit ();
6530 }
6531 }
6532 }
6533 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6534 }
6535
6536 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6537
6538 static void
6539 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6540 {
6541 char *name, c, *p;
6542 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6543 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6544 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6545
6546 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6547 {
6548 input_line_pointer += 8;
6549 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6550 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6551 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6552 }
6553 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6554 {
6555 input_line_pointer += 4;
6556 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6557 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6558
6559 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6560 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6561 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6562 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6563 {
6564 if (is_export)
6565 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6566 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6567
6568 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6569 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6570 }
6571 else
6572 {
6573 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6574 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6575 }
6576 }
6577 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6578 {
6579 input_line_pointer += 4;
6580 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6581 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6582 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6583 }
6584 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6585 {
6586 input_line_pointer += 5;
6587 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6588 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6589 }
6590 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6591 {
6592 input_line_pointer += 9;
6593 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6594 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6595 {
6596 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6597 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6598 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6599 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6600 }
6601 #endif
6602 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6603 }
6604 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6605 {
6606 input_line_pointer += 6;
6607 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6609 }
6610 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6611 {
6612 input_line_pointer += 8;
6613 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6614 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6615 }
6616 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6617 {
6618 input_line_pointer += 8;
6619 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6620 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6621 }
6622
6623 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6624 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6625 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6626 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6627 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6628 #endif
6629
6630 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6631 handle any argument relocation information. */
6632 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6633 {
6634 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6635 input_line_pointer++;
6636 name = input_line_pointer;
6637 c = get_symbol_end ();
6638 /* Argument sources. */
6639 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6640 {
6641 p = input_line_pointer;
6642 *p = c;
6643 input_line_pointer++;
6644 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6645 name = input_line_pointer;
6646 c = get_symbol_end ();
6647 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6648 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6649 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6650 #endif
6651 *input_line_pointer = c;
6652 }
6653 /* The return value. */
6654 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6655 {
6656 p = input_line_pointer;
6657 *p = c;
6658 input_line_pointer++;
6659 name = input_line_pointer;
6660 c = get_symbol_end ();
6661 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6662 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6663 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6664 #endif
6665 *input_line_pointer = c;
6666 }
6667 /* Privilege level. */
6668 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6669 {
6670 p = input_line_pointer;
6671 *p = c;
6672 input_line_pointer++;
6673 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6674 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6675 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6676 #endif
6677 c = get_symbol_end ();
6678 *input_line_pointer = c;
6679 }
6680 else
6681 {
6682 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6683 p = input_line_pointer;
6684 *p = c;
6685 }
6686 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6687 input_line_pointer++;
6688 }
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6692 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6693 to callers. */
6694
6695 static void
6696 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6697 {
6698 char *name, c, *p;
6699 symbolS *symbol;
6700
6701 name = input_line_pointer;
6702 c = get_symbol_end ();
6703 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6704 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6705 {
6706 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6707 p = input_line_pointer;
6708 *p = c;
6709 input_line_pointer++;
6710 }
6711 else
6712 {
6713 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6714 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6715 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6716 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6717 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6718 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6719 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6720 p = input_line_pointer;
6721 *p = c;
6722 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6723 {
6724 input_line_pointer++;
6725 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6726 }
6727 }
6728
6729 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6733 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6734 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6735
6736 static void
6737 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6738 {
6739 char *name, c, *p;
6740 symbolS *symbol;
6741
6742 name = input_line_pointer;
6743 c = get_symbol_end ();
6744
6745 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6746 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6747 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6748 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6749 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6750 {
6751 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6752 p = input_line_pointer;
6753 *p = c;
6754
6755 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6756 {
6757 input_line_pointer++;
6758 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6759 }
6760 else
6761 {
6762 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6763 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6764 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6765 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6766 if (now_seg == text_section)
6767 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6768
6769 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6770 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6771 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6772 }
6773 }
6774 else
6775 {
6776 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6777 the end of the current statement. */
6778 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6779 input_line_pointer++;
6780 }
6781
6782 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6786
6787 static void
6788 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6789 {
6790 char *name, c, *p;
6791
6792 name = input_line_pointer;
6793 c = get_symbol_end ();
6794
6795 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6796 {
6797 colon (name);
6798 p = input_line_pointer;
6799 *p = c;
6800 }
6801 else
6802 {
6803 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6804 }
6805
6806 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6807 {
6808 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6809 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6810 }
6811 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6812 }
6813
6814 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6815
6816 static void
6817 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6818 {
6819 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6820 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6821 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6822 #endif
6823
6824 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6825 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6826 }
6827
6828 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6829
6830 static void
6831 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6832 {
6833 char *level;
6834
6835 level = input_line_pointer;
6836 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6837 {
6838 input_line_pointer += 3;
6839 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6840 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6841 }
6842 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6843 {
6844 input_line_pointer += 3;
6845 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6846 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6847 }
6848 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6849 {
6850 input_line_pointer += 4;
6851 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6852 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6853 }
6854 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6855 {
6856 input_line_pointer += 3;
6857 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6858 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6859 }
6860 else
6861 {
6862 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6863 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6864 }
6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867
6868 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6872 {
6873 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6874 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6875 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6876 #endif
6877
6878 s_org (0);
6879 pa_undefine_label ();
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6883 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6884
6885 static void
6886 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6887 {
6888 char *name, c, *p;
6889 symbolS *symbol;
6890
6891 name = input_line_pointer;
6892 c = get_symbol_end ();
6893
6894 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6895 {
6896 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6897 p = input_line_pointer;
6898 *p = c;
6899 input_line_pointer++;
6900 }
6901 else
6902 {
6903 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6904 p = input_line_pointer;
6905 *p = c;
6906 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6907 {
6908 input_line_pointer++;
6909 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6910 }
6911 }
6912
6913 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6914 }
6915
6916 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6917 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6918
6919 static void
6920 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6921 {
6922 struct call_info *call_info;
6923
6924 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6925 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6926 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6927 #endif
6928
6929 if (within_procedure)
6930 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6931
6932 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6933 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6934 within_procedure = TRUE;
6935
6936 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6937 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6938
6939 if (!call_info)
6940 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6941
6942 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6943
6944 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6945
6946 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6947 {
6948 call_info_root = call_info;
6949 last_call_info = call_info;
6950 }
6951 else
6952 {
6953 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6954 last_call_info = call_info;
6955 }
6956
6957 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6958
6959 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6960 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6961 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6962
6963 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6964 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6965 {
6966 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6967
6968 if (label_symbol)
6969 {
6970 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6971 {
6972 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6973 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6974 }
6975 else
6976 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6977 }
6978 else
6979 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6980 }
6981
6982 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6983 }
6984
6985 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6986 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6987
6988 static void
6989 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6990 {
6991 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6992 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6993 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6994 #endif
6995
6996 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6997 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6998 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6999
7000 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7001 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7002 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7003 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7004 {
7005 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7006
7007 if (label_symbol)
7008 {
7009 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7010 {
7011 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7012 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7013 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7014 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7015 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7016 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7017 if (within_entry_exit)
7018 {
7019 char *where;
7020 unsigned int u;
7021
7022 where = frag_more (0);
7023 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7024 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7025 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7026 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7027 }
7028 #endif
7029 }
7030 else
7031 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7032 }
7033 else
7034 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7035 }
7036
7037 if (!within_procedure)
7038 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7039
7040 if (!callinfo_found)
7041 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7042
7043 if (within_entry_exit)
7044 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7045
7046 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7047 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7048 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7049 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7050 #endif
7051
7052 within_procedure = FALSE;
7053 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7054 pa_undefine_label ();
7055 }
7056
7057 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7058 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7059 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7060
7061 static int
7062 exact_log2 (int value)
7063 {
7064 int shift = 0;
7065
7066 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7067 shift++;
7068
7069 if (shift >= 32)
7070 return -1;
7071 else
7072 return shift;
7073 }
7074
7075 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7076
7077 static void
7078 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7079 {
7080 if (current_space == NULL)
7081 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7082
7083 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7084 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7085 }
7086
7087 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7088 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7089 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7090
7091 static sd_chain_struct *
7092 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7093 {
7094 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7095 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7096 int spnum;
7097 asection *seg = NULL;
7098 sd_chain_struct *space;
7099
7100 /* Load default values. */
7101 spnum = 0;
7102 sort = 0;
7103 loadable = TRUE;
7104 defined = TRUE;
7105 private = FALSE;
7106 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7107 {
7108 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7109 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7110 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7111 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7112 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7113 }
7114 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7115 {
7116 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7117 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7118 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7119 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7120 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7121 }
7122
7123 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7124 {
7125 print_errors = FALSE;
7126 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7127 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7128 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7129 the line should be ignored. */
7130 strict = 0;
7131 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7132 if (pa_number >= 0)
7133 {
7134 spnum = pa_number;
7135 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7136 }
7137 else
7138 {
7139 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7140 {
7141 input_line_pointer++;
7142 name = input_line_pointer;
7143 c = get_symbol_end ();
7144 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7145 {
7146 *input_line_pointer = c;
7147 input_line_pointer++;
7148 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7149 }
7150 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7151 {
7152 *input_line_pointer = c;
7153 input_line_pointer++;
7154 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7155 }
7156 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7157 {
7158 *input_line_pointer = c;
7159 loadable = FALSE;
7160 }
7161 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7162 {
7163 *input_line_pointer = c;
7164 defined = FALSE;
7165 }
7166 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7167 {
7168 *input_line_pointer = c;
7169 private = TRUE;
7170 }
7171 else
7172 {
7173 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7174 *input_line_pointer = c;
7175 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7176 input_line_pointer++;
7177 }
7178 }
7179 }
7180 print_errors = TRUE;
7181 }
7182
7183 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7184 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7185
7186 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7187 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7188 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7189 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7190 if (create_flag)
7191 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7192 private, sort, seg, 1);
7193 else
7194 {
7195 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7196 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7197 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7198 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7199 }
7200
7201 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7202 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7203 #endif
7204
7205 return space;
7206 }
7207
7208 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7209 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7210
7211 static void
7212 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7213 {
7214 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7215 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7216
7217 if (within_procedure)
7218 {
7219 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7220 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7221 }
7222 else
7223 {
7224 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7225 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7226 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7227 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7228 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7229 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7230 {
7231 input_line_pointer += 6;
7232 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7233 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7234 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7235 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7236 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7237
7238 current_space = sd_chain;
7239 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7240 current_subspace
7241 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7242 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7243 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7244 return;
7245 }
7246 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7247 {
7248 input_line_pointer += 9;
7249 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7250 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7251 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7252 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7253 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7254
7255 current_space = sd_chain;
7256 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7257 current_subspace
7258 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7259 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7260 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7261 return;
7262 }
7263 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7264 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7265 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7266 {
7267 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7268 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7269 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7270 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7271 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7272 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7273
7274 current_space = sd_chain;
7275
7276 {
7277 asection *gdb_section
7278 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7279
7280 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7281 current_subspace
7282 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7283 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7284 }
7285 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7286 return;
7287 }
7288
7289 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7290 print_errors = 0;
7291 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7292 strict = 0;
7293 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7294 if (pa_number >= 0)
7295 {
7296 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7297 {
7298 current_space = sd_chain;
7299
7300 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7301 current_subspace
7302 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7303 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7304 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7305 return;
7306 }
7307 }
7308
7309 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7310 print_errors = 1;
7311 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7312 name = input_line_pointer;
7313 c = get_symbol_end ();
7314 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7315 strcpy (space_name, name);
7316 *input_line_pointer = c;
7317
7318 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7319 current_space = sd_chain;
7320
7321 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7322 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7323 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7325 }
7326 }
7327
7328 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7329
7330 static void
7331 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7332 {
7333 char *name;
7334 char c;
7335 char *p;
7336 sd_chain_struct *space;
7337
7338 name = input_line_pointer;
7339 c = get_symbol_end ();
7340 space = is_defined_space (name);
7341 if (space)
7342 {
7343 p = frag_more (4);
7344 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7345 }
7346 else
7347 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7348
7349 *input_line_pointer = c;
7350 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7351 }
7352
7353 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7354 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7355
7356 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7357 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7358
7359 static void
7360 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7361 {
7362 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7363 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7364 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7365 sd_chain_struct *space;
7366 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7367 asection *section;
7368
7369 if (current_space == NULL)
7370 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7371
7372 if (within_procedure)
7373 {
7374 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7375 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7376 }
7377 else
7378 {
7379 name = input_line_pointer;
7380 c = get_symbol_end ();
7381 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7382 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7383 *input_line_pointer = c;
7384
7385 /* Load default values. */
7386 sort = 0;
7387 access = 0x7f;
7388 loadable = 1;
7389 comdat = 0;
7390 common = 0;
7391 dup_common = 0;
7392 code_only = 0;
7393 zero = 0;
7394 space_index = ~0;
7395 alignment = 1;
7396 quadrant = 0;
7397
7398 space = current_space;
7399 if (create_new)
7400 ssd = NULL;
7401 else
7402 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7403 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7404 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7405 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7406 {
7407 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7408 current_subspace = ssd;
7409 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7410 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7411 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7412 return;
7413 }
7414 else
7415 {
7416 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7417 the builtin subspaces. */
7418 i = 0;
7419 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7420 {
7421 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7422 {
7423 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7424 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7425 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7426 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7427 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7428 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7429 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7430 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7431 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7432 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7433 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7434 break;
7435 }
7436 i++;
7437 }
7438 }
7439
7440 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7441 any information as specified by the user. */
7442 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7443 {
7444 input_line_pointer++;
7445 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7446 {
7447 name = input_line_pointer;
7448 c = get_symbol_end ();
7449 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7450 {
7451 *input_line_pointer = c;
7452 input_line_pointer++;
7453 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7454 }
7455 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7456 {
7457 *input_line_pointer = c;
7458 input_line_pointer++;
7459 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7460 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7461 {
7462 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7463 alignment = 1;
7464 }
7465 }
7466 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7467 {
7468 *input_line_pointer = c;
7469 input_line_pointer++;
7470 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7471 }
7472 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7473 {
7474 *input_line_pointer = c;
7475 input_line_pointer++;
7476 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7477 }
7478 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7479 {
7480 *input_line_pointer = c;
7481 code_only = 1;
7482 }
7483 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7484 {
7485 *input_line_pointer = c;
7486 loadable = 0;
7487 }
7488 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7489 {
7490 *input_line_pointer = c;
7491 comdat = 1;
7492 }
7493 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7494 {
7495 *input_line_pointer = c;
7496 common = 1;
7497 }
7498 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7499 {
7500 *input_line_pointer = c;
7501 dup_common = 1;
7502 }
7503 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7504 {
7505 *input_line_pointer = c;
7506 zero = 1;
7507 }
7508 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7509 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7510 else
7511 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7512 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7513 input_line_pointer++;
7514 }
7515 }
7516
7517 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7518 in the .subspace directive. */
7519 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7520 flags = 0;
7521 if (loadable)
7522 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7523 if (code_only)
7524 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7525
7526 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7527 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7528 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7529 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7530 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7531 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7532 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7533 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7534 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7535 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7536
7537 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7538
7539 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7540 if (zero)
7541 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7542
7543 applicable &= flags;
7544
7545 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7546 segment already associated with the subspace.
7547
7548 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7549 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7550 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7551 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7552 if (create_new)
7553 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7554 else if (ssd)
7555 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7556 else
7557 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7558
7559 if (zero)
7560 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7561
7562 /* Now set the flags. */
7563 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7564
7565 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7566 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7567
7568 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7569 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7570 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7571
7572 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7573 or create a new one. */
7574 if (ssd)
7575
7576 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7577 code_only, comdat, common,
7578 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7579 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7580 section);
7581 else
7582 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7583 code_only, comdat, common,
7584 dup_common, zero, sort,
7585 access, space_index,
7586 alignment, quadrant, section);
7587
7588 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7589 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7590 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7591 }
7592 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7593 }
7594
7595 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7596
7597 static void
7598 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7599 {
7600 int i;
7601
7602 space_dict_root = NULL;
7603 space_dict_last = NULL;
7604
7605 i = 0;
7606 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7607 {
7608 char *name;
7609
7610 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7611 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7612
7613 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7614 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7615 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7616 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7617 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7618 i++;
7619 }
7620
7621 i = 0;
7622 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7623 {
7624 char *name;
7625 int applicable, subsegment;
7626 asection *segment = NULL;
7627 sd_chain_struct *space;
7628
7629 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7630 subsegment number. */
7631 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7632 subsegment = 0;
7633
7634 /* Create the new section. */
7635 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7636
7637 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7638 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7639 all the built-in subspaces. */
7640 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7641 {
7642 text_section = segment;
7643 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7644 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7645 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7646 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7647 | SEC_READONLY
7648 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7649 }
7650 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7651 {
7652 data_section = segment;
7653 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7654 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7655 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7656 | SEC_RELOC
7657 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7658
7659 }
7660 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7661 {
7662 bss_section = segment;
7663 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7664 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7665 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7666 }
7667 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7668 {
7669 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7670 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7671 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7672 | SEC_RELOC
7673 | SEC_READONLY
7674 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7675 }
7676 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7677 {
7678 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7679 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7680 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7681 | SEC_RELOC
7682 | SEC_READONLY
7683 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7684 }
7685 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7686 {
7687 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7688 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7689 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7690 | SEC_RELOC
7691 | SEC_READONLY
7692 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7693 }
7694
7695 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7696 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7697 def_space_index].segment);
7698 if (space == NULL)
7699 {
7700 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7701 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7702 }
7703
7704 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7705 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7706 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7707 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7708 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7709 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7710 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7711 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7712 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7713 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7715 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7716 segment);
7717 i++;
7718 }
7719 }
7720
7721 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7722 by the given parameters. */
7723
7724 static sd_chain_struct *
7725 create_new_space (char *name,
7726 int spnum,
7727 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7728 int defined,
7729 int private,
7730 int sort,
7731 asection *seg,
7732 int user_defined)
7733 {
7734 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7735
7736 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7737 if (!chain_entry)
7738 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7739 name);
7740
7741 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7742 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7743 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7744 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7745 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7746
7747 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7748 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7749 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7750 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7751
7752 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7753 if (!space_dict_last)
7754 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7755
7756 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7757 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7758 else
7759 {
7760 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7761 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7762
7763 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7764 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7765
7766 while (chain_pointer)
7767 {
7768 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7769 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7770 }
7771
7772 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7773 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7774 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7775 {
7776 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7777 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7778 }
7779 else
7780 {
7781 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7782 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7783 }
7784
7785 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7786 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7787 }
7788
7789 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7790 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7791 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7792 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7793 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7794 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7795 #endif
7796
7797 return chain_entry;
7798 }
7799
7800 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7801 by the given parameters.
7802
7803 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7804 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7805
7806 static ssd_chain_struct *
7807 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7808 char *name,
7809 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7810 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7811 int comdat,
7812 int common,
7813 int dup_common,
7814 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7815 int sort,
7816 int access,
7817 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7818 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7819 int quadrant,
7820 asection *seg)
7821 {
7822 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7823
7824 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7825 if (!chain_entry)
7826 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7827
7828 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7829 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7830
7831 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7832 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7833 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7834
7835 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7836 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7837 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7838
7839 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7840 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7841 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7842 else
7843 {
7844 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7845 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7846
7847 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7848 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7849
7850 while (chain_pointer)
7851 {
7852 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7853 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7854 }
7855
7856 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7857 the links. */
7858 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7859 {
7860 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7861 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7862 }
7863 else
7864 {
7865 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7866 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7867 }
7868 }
7869
7870 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7871 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7872 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7873 #endif
7874
7875 return chain_entry;
7876 }
7877
7878 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7879 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7880
7881 static ssd_chain_struct *
7882 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7883 char *name,
7884 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7885 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7886 int comdat,
7887 int common,
7888 int dup_common,
7889 int sort,
7890 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7891 int access,
7892 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7893 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7894 int quadrant,
7895 asection *section)
7896 {
7897 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7898
7899 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7900
7901 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7902 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7903 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7904 #endif
7905
7906 return chain_entry;
7907 }
7908
7909 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7910 NULL if no such space exists. */
7911
7912 static sd_chain_struct *
7913 is_defined_space (char *name)
7914 {
7915 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7916
7917 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7918 chain_pointer;
7919 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7920 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7921 return chain_pointer;
7922
7923 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7924 return NULL;
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7928 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7929
7930 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7931 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7932
7933 static sd_chain_struct *
7934 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7935 {
7936 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7937
7938 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7939 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7940 space_chain;
7941 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7942 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7943 return space_chain;
7944
7945 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7946 return NULL;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7950 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7951
7952 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7953 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7954 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7955 COMDAT data.
7956
7957 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7958 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7959 own subspace. */
7960
7961 static ssd_chain_struct *
7962 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
7963 {
7964 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7965 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7966
7967 /* Walk through each space. */
7968 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7969 space_chain;
7970 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7971 {
7972 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7973 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7974 subspace_chain;
7975 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7976 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7977 return subspace_chain;
7978 }
7979
7980 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7981 return NULL;
7982 }
7983
7984 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7985 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7986
7987 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7988 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7989 to become more efficient. */
7990
7991 static ssd_chain_struct *
7992 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7993 {
7994 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7995 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7996
7997 /* Walk through each space. */
7998 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7999 space_chain;
8000 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8001 {
8002 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8003 {
8004 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8005 the correct mapping. */
8006 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8007 subspace_chain;
8008 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8009 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8010 return subspace_chain;
8011 }
8012 }
8013
8014 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8015 return NULL;
8016 }
8017
8018 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8019
8020 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8021 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8022
8023 static sd_chain_struct *
8024 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8025 {
8026 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8027
8028 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8029 space_chain;
8030 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8031 {
8032 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8033 return space_chain;
8034 }
8035
8036 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8037 return NULL;
8038 }
8039
8040 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8041 address is unknown then return zero. */
8042
8043 static unsigned int
8044 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8045 {
8046 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8047 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8048 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8049 return 0x40000000;
8050 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8051 return 0x40000000;
8052 else
8053 return 0;
8054 return 0;
8055 }
8056 #endif
8057
8058 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8059 a string. */
8060
8061 static unsigned int
8062 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8063 {
8064 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8065
8066 switch (c)
8067 {
8068 case '\"':
8069 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8070 break;
8071 default:
8072 break;
8073 }
8074 return c;
8075 }
8076
8077 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8078
8079 static void
8080 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8081 {
8082 char *s, num_buf[4];
8083 unsigned int c;
8084 int i;
8085
8086 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8087 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8088 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8089
8090 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8091 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8092 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8093 #endif
8094
8095 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8096 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8097
8098 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8099 {
8100 if (c == '\\')
8101 {
8102 c = *s;
8103 switch (c)
8104 {
8105 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8106 case 'x':
8107 {
8108 unsigned int number;
8109 int num_digit;
8110 char dg;
8111 char *s_start = s;
8112
8113 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8114 s++;
8115 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8116 num_digit < 2
8117 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8118 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8119 num_digit++)
8120 {
8121 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8122 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8123 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8124 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8125 else
8126 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8127
8128 s++;
8129 dg = *s;
8130 }
8131 if (num_digit > 0)
8132 {
8133 switch (num_digit)
8134 {
8135 case 1:
8136 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8137 break;
8138 case 2:
8139 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8140 break;
8141 }
8142 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8143 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8144 }
8145 break;
8146 }
8147 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8148 default:
8149 s++;
8150 break;
8151 }
8152 }
8153 }
8154 stringer (append_zero);
8155 pa_undefine_label ();
8156 }
8157
8158 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8159
8160 static void
8161 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8162 {
8163 obj_version (0);
8164 pa_undefine_label ();
8165 }
8166
8167 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8168
8169 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8170
8171 static void
8172 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8173 {
8174 obj_som_compiler (0);
8175 pa_undefine_label ();
8176 }
8177
8178 #endif
8179
8180 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8181
8182 static void
8183 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8184 {
8185 obj_copyright (0);
8186 pa_undefine_label ();
8187 }
8188
8189 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8190 the latest space label. */
8191
8192 static void
8193 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8194 {
8195 cons (nbytes);
8196 pa_undefine_label ();
8197 }
8198
8199 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8200
8201 static void
8202 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8203 {
8204 float_cons (float_type);
8205 pa_undefine_label ();
8206 }
8207
8208 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8209
8210 static void
8211 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8212 {
8213 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8214 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8215 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8216 #endif
8217
8218 s_fill (0);
8219 pa_undefine_label ();
8220 }
8221
8222 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8223
8224 static void
8225 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8226 {
8227 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8228 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8229 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8230 #endif
8231
8232 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8233 pa_undefine_label ();
8234 }
8235
8236 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8237
8238 static void
8239 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8240 {
8241 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8242 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8243 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8244 #endif
8245
8246 s_lsym (0);
8247 pa_undefine_label ();
8248 }
8249
8250 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8251 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8252
8253 void
8254 md_begin (void)
8255 {
8256 const char *retval = NULL;
8257 int lose = 0;
8258 unsigned int i = 0;
8259
8260 last_call_info = NULL;
8261 call_info_root = NULL;
8262
8263 /* Set the default machine type. */
8264 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8265 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8266
8267 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8268 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8269 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8270 {
8271 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8272 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8273 }
8274
8275 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8276 pa_spaces_begin ();
8277 #endif
8278
8279 op_hash = hash_new ();
8280
8281 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8282 {
8283 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8284
8285 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8286 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8287 {
8288 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8289 lose = 1;
8290 }
8291
8292 do
8293 {
8294 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8295 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8296 {
8297 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8298 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8299 lose = 1;
8300 }
8301 ++i;
8302 }
8303 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8304 }
8305
8306 if (lose)
8307 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8308
8309 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8310 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8311 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8312 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8313 #endif
8314
8315 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8316 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8317 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8318 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8319 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
8320 #endif
8321 }
8322
8323 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8324 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8325 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8326
8327 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8328 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8329 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8330 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8331 with the address of "foo").
8332
8333 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8334 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8335 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8336
8337 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8338 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8339 selectors).
8340
8341 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8342 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8343
8344 int
8345 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8346 {
8347 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8348 reloc_type code;
8349 #endif
8350 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8351
8352 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8353
8354 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8355 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8356 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8357 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8358 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8359 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8360 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8361
8362 switch (code)
8363 {
8364 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8365 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8366 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8367 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8368 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8369
8370 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8371 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8372 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8373 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8374 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8375 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8376 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8377 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8378 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8379 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8380 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8381 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8382 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8383 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8384
8385 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8386 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8387 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8388 return 0;
8389 default:
8390 break;
8391 }
8392 #endif
8393
8394 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8395 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8396
8397 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8398 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8399 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8400 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8401 && fixp->fx_subsy
8402 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8403 return 0;
8404
8405 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8406
8407 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8408 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8409 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8410 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8411 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8412 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8413 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8414 sum to the right value.
8415
8416 eg. Suppose we have
8417 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8418 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8419 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8420
8421 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8422 reducing to the section symbol we get
8423 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8424 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8425 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8426 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8427 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8428
8429 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8430 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8431 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8432 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8433 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8434
8435 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8436 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8437 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8438 return 0;
8439
8440 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8441 relocations with plabels. */
8442 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8443 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8444 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8445 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8446 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8447 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8448 return 0;
8449
8450 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8451 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8452 return 0;
8453
8454 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8455 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8456 return 0;
8457
8458 return 1;
8459 }
8460
8461 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8462 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8463 within GAS. */
8464
8465 int
8466 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8467 {
8468 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8469
8470 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8471 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8472 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8473 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8474 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8475 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8476 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8477 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8478 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8479 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8480 return 1;
8481 #endif
8482 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8483 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8484 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8485 return 1;
8486 #endif
8487
8488 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8489
8490 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8491 linking works. */
8492 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8493 return 1;
8494
8495 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8496 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8497 call stub. */
8498 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8499 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8500 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8501 return 1;
8502
8503 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8504 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8505 {
8506 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8507 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8508
8509 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8510
8511 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8512 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8513 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8515 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8516 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8517 #endif
8518
8519 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8520 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8521 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8522 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8523 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8524 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8525 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8526 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8527 )
8528 return 1;
8529 }
8530
8531 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8532 return 1;
8533
8534 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8535 return 0;
8536 }
8537
8538 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8539 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8540 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8541 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8542 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8543 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8544
8545 void
8546 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8547 {
8548 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8549
8550 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8551 call_info_pointer;
8552 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8553 {
8554 elf_symbol_type *esym
8555 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8556 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8557 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8558 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8559 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8560 }
8561 }
8562
8563 static void
8564 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8565 {
8566 struct fix *new_fix;
8567
8568 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8569
8570 if (new_fix)
8571 {
8572 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8573
8574 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8575 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8576 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8577 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8578 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8579 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8580 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8581 }
8582 }
8583
8584 static void
8585 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8586 {
8587 struct fix *new_fix;
8588
8589 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8590
8591 if (new_fix)
8592 {
8593 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8594
8595 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8596 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8597 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8598 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8599 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8600 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8601 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8602 }
8603 }
8604 #endif
8605
8606 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8607 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8608 dependent tables? */
8609 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8610 {
8611 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8612 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8613 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8614 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8615 #endif
8616 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8617 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8618 #endif
8619 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8620 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8621 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8622 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8623 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8624 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8625 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8626 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8627 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8628 #else
8629 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8630 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8631 #endif
8632 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8633 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8634 #endif
8635 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8636 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8637 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8638 #endif
8639 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8640 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8641 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8642 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8643 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8644 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8645 #endif
8646 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8647 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8648 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8649 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8650 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8651 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8652 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8653 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8654 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8655 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8656 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8657 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8658 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8659 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8660 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8661 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8662 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8663 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8664 #endif
8665 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8666 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8667 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8668 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8669 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8670 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8671 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8672 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8673 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8674 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8675 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8676 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8677 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8678 #endif
8679 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8680 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8681 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8682 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8683 #endif
8684 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8685 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8686 #endif
8687 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8688 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8689 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8690 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8691 #endif
8692 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8693 {NULL, 0, 0}
8694 };
This page took 0.193712 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.